WO2022045193A1 - Color filter, solid state image sensor, coloring composition, and kit - Google Patents

Color filter, solid state image sensor, coloring composition, and kit Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022045193A1
WO2022045193A1 PCT/JP2021/031157 JP2021031157W WO2022045193A1 WO 2022045193 A1 WO2022045193 A1 WO 2022045193A1 JP 2021031157 W JP2021031157 W JP 2021031157W WO 2022045193 A1 WO2022045193 A1 WO 2022045193A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pigment
pixel
group
mass
yellow
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/031157
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
貴規 田口
敬史 川島
貴洋 大谷
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2022545670A priority Critical patent/JP7415021B2/en
Priority to CN202180050318.9A priority patent/CN115989436A/en
Publication of WO2022045193A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022045193A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a color filter having green pixels containing a green pigment.
  • the present invention also relates to a solid-state image sensor, a coloring composition and a kit.
  • Color filters are used as key devices for displays and optical elements.
  • the color filter includes colored pixels of the three primary colors of green pixels, blue pixels, and red pixels, and plays a role of decomposing transmitted light into the three primary colors.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 and yellow colorant C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 contains 26% by mass or more and contains a colorant (A) that does not contain a green colorant, a resin (B), a polymerizable compound (C), and a polymerization initiator (D). It is described that the composition is used to form green pixels of a color filter.
  • the green pixel of the color filter is generally formed by using a coloring composition containing a green pigment because it has good green color reproducibility and excellent color separation from other colors.
  • green pigments generally tend to have low light resistance. Therefore, for a color filter containing green pixels containing a green pigment, the spectral characteristics of green tend to fluctuate with time due to light irradiation.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a color filter having excellent light resistance in which fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation are suppressed. It is also an object of the present invention to provide a solid-state image sensor, a coloring composition and a kit.
  • the present invention provides the following.
  • the blue pigment contained in the first pixel is at least selected from Color Index Pigment Blue 15: 3, Color Index Pigment Blue 15: 4, Color Index Pigment Blue 15: 6, and Color Index Pigment Blue 16.
  • the color filter according to ⁇ 1> which is one type.
  • the yellow pigment contained in the first pixel is at least one selected from Color Index Pigment Yellow 129, Color Index Pigment Yellow 139, Color Index Pigment Yellow 150, and Color Index Pigment Yellow 185.
  • ⁇ 6> The color filter according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the first pixel contains 70 to 130 parts by mass of the yellow pigment with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue pigment.
  • the first pixel is described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the total content of the blue pigment and the yellow pigment in the pigment is 75 to 100% by mass.
  • Color filter. ⁇ 8> The green pigments included in the second pixel are Color Index Pigment Green 7, Color Index Pigment Green 36, Color Index Pigment Green 58, Color Index Pigment Green 59, Color Index Pigment Green 62, and Color Index Pigment.
  • the color filter according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7> which is at least one selected from green 63.
  • ⁇ 9> The color filter according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the second pixel further contains a yellow pigment.
  • ⁇ 10> The color filter according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the second pixel contains a green pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment.
  • the yellow pigment contained in the second pixel is at least one selected from Color Index Pigment Yellow 129, Color Index Pigment Yellow 139, Color Index Pigment Yellow 150, and Color Index Pigment Yellow 185.
  • ⁇ 12> The color filter according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, wherein the content of the pigment in the first pixel is 40% by mass or more.
  • ⁇ 13> The color filter according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>, wherein the content of the pigment in the second pixel is 40% by mass or more.
  • the first pixel and the second pixel in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • the wavelength ⁇ 1 indicating the maximum value of the transmittance exists in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm
  • the transmittance at the wavelength ⁇ 1 is 70% or more.
  • the second pixel there is a wavelength ⁇ 2 in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm, which shows the maximum value of the transmittance on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength ⁇ 1 , and the transmittance at the wavelength ⁇ 2 Is over 70%
  • the first pixel and the second pixel have two wavelengths having a transmittance of 50% in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • the color filter according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13>. ⁇ 15> The color filter according to ⁇ 14>, wherein the difference between the wavelength ⁇ 2 and the wavelength ⁇ 1 is 5 to 75 nm.
  • ⁇ 16> The wavelength ⁇ L21 on the long wavelength side showing a transmittance of 50% for the second pixel exists on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength ⁇ L11 on the long wavelength side showing a transmittance of 50% for the first pixel.
  • ⁇ 17> The color filter according to ⁇ 16>, wherein the difference between the wavelength ⁇ L21 and the wavelength ⁇ L11 is 5 to 75 nm.
  • ⁇ 18> The color filter according to ⁇ 16> or ⁇ 17>, wherein the transmittance of the second pixel at the wavelength ⁇ L11 is 60% or more.
  • ⁇ 19> The color filter according to any one of ⁇ 16> to ⁇ 18>, wherein the transmittance of the first pixel at the wavelength ⁇ L21 is 20% or less.
  • a solid-state image sensor having the color filter according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 19>.
  • ⁇ 21> The coloring composition for forming the first pixel of the color filter according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 19>. Contains pigments, including blue and yellow pigments, and curable compounds, The blue pigment comprises Color Index Pigment Blue 16.
  • the content of the pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 40% by mass or more, and the content is 40% by mass or more.
  • a coloring composition in which the content of Color Index Pigment Blue 16 in the above pigment is 50% by mass or more.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a color filter having excellent light resistance in which fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation are suppressed.
  • the present invention can also provide a solid-state image sensor, a coloring composition and a kit.
  • the contents of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • "to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group).
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the term "exposure” includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • Examples of the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • (meth) acrylate” represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either
  • “(meth) acrylic” represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either.
  • Acryloyl "represents both acryloyl and / or methacryloyl.
  • Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene-equivalent values measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
  • the pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • the solubility of the pigment in 100 g of water at 23 ° C. and 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 23 ° C. is preferably 0.1 g or less, and more preferably 0.01 g or less.
  • the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • process is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. ..
  • the color filter of the present invention is A first pixel containing a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment, It is characterized by including a second pixel, which is a green pixel containing a pigment containing a green pigment.
  • the color filter of the present invention is a color filter containing green pixels containing a pigment containing a green pigment, it is possible to suppress fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation.
  • the detailed reason why such an effect is obtained is unknown, but it is presumed that the blue pigment has stronger light resistance than the green pigment. That is, it is presumed that the first pixel containing the blue pigment has less variation in the spectral characteristics due to light irradiation than the second pixel. Therefore, by using the first pixel containing the blue pigment and the pigment containing the yellow pigment and the second pixel which is the green pixel containing the pigment containing the green pigment in combination, the second pixel alone is used. It is presumed that the fluctuation of the green spectral characteristics due to light irradiation could be suppressed.
  • the first pixel in the color filter of the present invention comprises a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment.
  • the first pixel is preferably a green pixel.
  • Examples of the blue pigment contained in the first pixel include a phthalocyanine blue pigment, a triarylmethane blue pigment, an indantron blue pigment, and the like, and a phthalocyanine blue pigment is preferable because it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance.
  • the blue pigment is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 is preferred.
  • the first pixel may contain only one type of blue pigment, or may contain two or more types.
  • yellow pigment contained in the first pixel examples include azo yellow pigment, azomethine yellow pigment, quinophthalone yellow pigment, isoindoline yellow pigment, isoindoline yellow pigment, pteridine yellow pigment, anthraquinone yellow pigment and the like, and azo yellow pigment, Azomethine yellow pigments and isoindoline yellow pigments are preferred.
  • yellow pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35: 1,36, 36: 1,37,37: 1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97, 98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139, 147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179, 180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232 (methine type), 233 (quinoline type), 234 (a
  • an azobarbituric acid nickel complex (azo yellow pigment) having the following structure can also be used.
  • the yellow pigment the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP2013-054339, the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of JP2014-026228, and JP-A-2018-0626444.
  • the isoindrin compound described in JP-A-2018-203798, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-062578, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-6432076, JP-A-2018-155881 The quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-11757, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-040835, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2017-197640, JP-A-2016
  • the compound described in JP-A-2020-033523, the compound described in JP-A-2020-033522, the compound described in JP-A-2020-033521, International Publication No. 2 The compound described in 020/045200, the compound described in International Publication No. 2020/045199, and the compound described in International Publication No. 2020/045197 can also be used. Further, a multimerized version of these compounds is also preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the color value.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. I. More preferably, it is at least one selected from Pigment Yellow 185.
  • the first pixel may contain only one kind of yellow pigment, but it is preferable to contain two or more kinds, and more preferably three or more kinds, because it is easy to adjust the color reproducibility.
  • the first pixel preferably contains 50 to 200 parts by mass of the yellow pigment, more preferably 60 to 150 parts by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 130 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue pigment.
  • the content of the blue pigment in the pigment contained in the first pixel is preferably 10 to 75% by mass, more preferably 30 to 65% by mass, still more preferably 40 to 60% by mass. .. Further, C.I. in the pigment contained in the first pixel.
  • the content of Pigment Blue 16 is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more. ..
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or less. According to this aspect, both light resistance and color reproducibility can be achieved at a high level.
  • the content of the yellow pigment in the pigment contained in the first pixel is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 20 to 50% by mass. More preferred.
  • the total content of the blue pigment and the yellow pigment in the pigment contained in the first pixel is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 60 to 100% by mass, and 75 to 100% by mass. It is more preferably%, and particularly preferably 90 to 100% by mass. It is particularly preferable that the pigment contained in the first pixel is only a blue pigment and a yellow pigment from the viewpoint of light resistance and spectral characteristics.
  • the pigment content of the first pixel is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and further preferably 55% by mass or more.
  • the content of the blue pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, and further preferably 15 to 40% by mass.
  • the content of the yellow pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, and further preferably 15 to 40% by mass.
  • the first pixel has a wavelength (hereinafter, also referred to as wavelength ⁇ 1 ) showing the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm.
  • the wavelength ⁇ 1 is preferably in the wavelength range of 460 to 550 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 470 to 530 nm.
  • the transmittance at the wavelength ⁇ 1 is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more, still more preferably 80% or more.
  • the first pixel has two wavelengths having a transmittance of 50% in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • the wavelength on the short wavelength side exhibiting a transmittance of 50% (hereinafter, also referred to as wavelength ⁇ S11 ) is preferably present in the wavelength range of 450 to 500 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 460 to 490 nm.
  • the wavelength on the long wavelength side exhibiting a transmittance of 50% (hereinafter, also referred to as wavelength ⁇ L11 ) is preferably present in the wavelength range of 525 to 575 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 530 to 560 nm.
  • the maximum value of the transmittance of the first pixel at the wavelength of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less. It is more preferably 10% or less. Further, the maximum value of the transmittance of the first pixel at a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, still more preferably 10% or less. Further, the transmittance indicated by the first pixel at the wavelength on the long wavelength side (wavelength ⁇ L21 ) at which the second pixel exhibits a transmittance of 50% is preferably 20% or less, preferably 15% or less. Is more preferable, and 10% or less is further preferable.
  • the film thickness of the first pixel is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the line width of the first pixel is preferably 0.4 to 10.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.4 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the second pixel is a green pixel containing a green pigment.
  • Examples of the green pigment contained in the second pixel include phthalocyanine green pigment and squarylium green pigment.
  • a green pixel using a phthalocyanine green pigment has particularly excellent green color reproducibility, but tends to have low light resistance, and its spectral characteristics tend to fluctuate due to light irradiation. Even when a phthalocyanine green pigment is used, it is possible to suppress fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation by using it in combination with the above-mentioned first pixel. Therefore, the effect of the present invention is more remarkably exhibited when the phthalocyanine green pigment is used for the green pixel.
  • the phthalocyanine green pigment is preferably a halogenated phthalocyanine green pigment from the viewpoint of color reproducibility.
  • the phthalocyanine green pigment is preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment having a central metal, more preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment having Cu, Al, Co, Ni, Ti or Zn as a central metal, and Cu, Zn.
  • it is more preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment having Al as a central metal, further preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment having Cu or Zn as a central metal, and particularly preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment having Cu as a central metal.
  • a ligand may be further coordinated to the central metal.
  • halogenated phthalocyanine green pigment having Cu as a central metal include Color Index (CI) Pigment Green 7, C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 and the like.
  • CI Color Index
  • halogenated copper phthalocyanine green pigment examples include halogenated copper phthalocyanine green pigments in which the average number of bromine atoms in one molecule is 11 to 15 and the average number of chlorine atoms is 1 to 4.
  • Specific examples of such a halogenated copper phthalocyanine green pigment include the phthalocyanine pigment described in JP-A-2009-97075.
  • halogenated phthalocyanine green pigment having Zn as a central metal examples include C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 and the like.
  • halogenated zinc phthalocyanine green pigment examples include C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 and the like.
  • the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine green pigment the average number of halogen atoms in one molecule is 10 to 14, the average number of bromine atoms is 8 to 12, and the average number of chlorine atoms is 2 to 2.
  • five halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments Specific examples include the phthalocyanine pigment described in International Publication No. 2015/118720.
  • phthalocyanine green pigment having Al as a central metal examples include C.I. I. Pigment Green 62 (non-halogenated aluminum phthalocyanine green pigment), C.I. I. Pigment Green 63 (halogenated aluminum phthalocyanine green pigment) and the like. Further, the phthalocyanine pigment described in paragraphs 0108 and 0109 of JP-A-2018-141894 can also be mentioned.
  • the green pigment is C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. I. Pigment Green 36, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, C.I. I. Pigment Green 59, C.I. I. Pigment Green 62 and C.I. I. Pigment Green 63 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 and C.I. I. It is preferably at least one selected from Pigment Green 36, and C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 is even more preferred.
  • the second pixel may contain only one kind of green pigment, or may contain two or more kinds of green pigments.
  • the second pixel further contains a yellow pigment.
  • the yellow pigment include the yellow pigment described as included in the first pixel.
  • the yellow pigment contained in the second pixel is C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. I. More preferably, it is at least one selected from Pigment Yellow 185.
  • the second pixel may contain only one kind of yellow pigment, or may contain two or more kinds of yellow pigments.
  • the second pixel further contains a blue pigment. That is, it is also preferable that the second pixel contains a green pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment.
  • the blue pigment include the blue pigment described as being included in the first pixel.
  • the blue pigment contained in the second pixel is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, and C.I. I. It is preferably at least one selected from Pigment Blue 16, and more preferably Pigment Blue 15: 4.
  • the content of the green pigment in the pigment contained in the second pixel is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, still more preferably 20 to 45% by mass. ..
  • the content of the yellow pigment in the pigment is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass. It is more preferably 20 to 40% by mass.
  • the content of the yellow pigment is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 25 to 160 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the green pigment.
  • the content of the blue pigment in the pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass.
  • the content of the blue pigment is preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 80 to 130 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the green pigment. Further, the total content of the green pigment, the yellow pigment and the blue pigment in the pigment contained in the second pixel is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 55 to 100% by mass. It is more preferably 60 to 100% by mass.
  • the pigments contained in the second pixel are preferably only green pigments and yellow pigments, or preferably only green pigments, yellow pigments and blue pigments, and from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, green pigments, yellow pigments and blue pigments. It is particularly preferable that it is only.
  • the content of the pigment in the second pixel is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and further preferably 60% by mass or more.
  • the content of the green pigment is preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 15 to 45% by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 40% by mass.
  • the content of the yellow pigment is preferably 10 to 60% by mass, more preferably 20 to 55% by mass, and even more preferably 35 to 50% by mass.
  • the content of the blue pigment is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 35% by mass, and further preferably 15 to 30% by mass.
  • the wavelength in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm and showing the maximum value of the transmittance on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength ⁇ 1 (hereinafter, wavelength). It is preferable that ⁇ 2 ) is present.
  • the wavelength ⁇ 2 is preferably in the wavelength range of 490 to 580 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 500 to 560 nm.
  • the transmittance at the wavelength ⁇ 2 is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more, still more preferably 80% or more.
  • the difference ( ⁇ 2 - ⁇ 1 ) between the wavelength ⁇ 2 and the wavelength ⁇ 1 is preferably 5 to 75 nm, more preferably 7 to 50 nm, and even more preferably 10 to 40 nm. .. According to this aspect, it is possible to obtain a color filter having particularly excellent green reproducibility and further excellent light resistance in which fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation are further suppressed.
  • the second pixel has two wavelengths having a transmittance of 50% in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • the wavelength on the short wavelength side exhibiting a transmittance of 50% (hereinafter, also referred to as wavelength ⁇ S21 ) is preferably present in the wavelength range of 470 to 530 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 480 to 510 nm.
  • the wavelength on the long wavelength side exhibiting a transmittance of 50% (hereinafter, also referred to as wavelength ⁇ L21 ) is preferably present in the wavelength range of 560 to 620 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 570 to 600 nm.
  • the wavelength ⁇ L21 exists on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength ⁇ L11 .
  • the difference between the wavelength ⁇ L21 and the wavelength ⁇ L21 ( ⁇ L21 ⁇ L21 ) is preferably 10 to 80 nm, more preferably 20 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 30 to 60 nm. According to this aspect, it is possible to obtain a color filter having particularly excellent green reproducibility and further excellent light resistance in which fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation are further suppressed.
  • the maximum value of the transmittance at the wavelength of 400 to 450 nm indicated by the second pixel is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less. It is more preferably 10% or less. Further, the maximum value of the transmittance of the second pixel at a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, still more preferably 10% or less. Further, the transmittance of the second pixel at the wavelength on the long wavelength side (wavelength ⁇ L11 ) at which the first pixel exhibits a transmittance of 50% is preferably 50% or more, preferably 60 to 95%. More preferably, it is more preferably 75 to 90%.
  • the film thickness of the second pixel is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the line width of the second pixel is preferably 0.4 to 10.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.4 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the area of the second pixel in the color filter may be the same as that of the first pixel, may be larger than that of the first pixel, or may be smaller than that of the first pixel.
  • the color filter of the present invention may further include a first pixel and a pixel of a type different from that of the second pixel (hereinafter, also referred to as another pixel).
  • Examples of other pixels include red pixels, blue pixels, yellow pixels, cyan pixels, magenta pixels, transparent pixels, and pixels of an infrared transmission filter. The types of these other pixels can be appropriately selected depending on the intended use.
  • a protective layer may be provided on the surface of each pixel.
  • various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, prohydrophobicization, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition for forming a protective layer to form the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive.
  • the components constituting the protective layer include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide.
  • Resin polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples thereof include resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of blocking oxygen, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 . Further, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of reducing reflection, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a (meth) acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
  • the protective layer may be an additive such as organic / inorganic fine particles, an absorber for light of a specific wavelength (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), a refractive index adjusting agent, an antioxidant, an adhesive, and a surfactant, if necessary. May be contained.
  • organic / inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (for example, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , Magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like.
  • a known absorber can be used as the absorber of light having a specific wavelength.
  • the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer
  • the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
  • each pixel of the color filter of the present invention is formed on a support.
  • the support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. Examples thereof include a glass substrate and a silicon substrate, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70 ° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80 ° when measured with water.
  • the color filter of the present invention may be provided with a partition wall between each pixel.
  • the partition wall preferably has a low refractive index for each pixel.
  • the solid-state image sensor of the present invention has the color filter of the present invention described above.
  • the configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it includes the color filter of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • a solid-state image pickup device CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.
  • a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like.
  • a configuration having a condensing means for example, a microlens or the like; the same applies hereinafter
  • a configuration having a condensing means on the color filter and the like.
  • an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state image sensor to improve the light resistance.
  • the image pickup device provided with the solid-state image pickup device of the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an image pickup function (mobile phones and the like), but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
  • the color filter of the present invention can also be used in an image display device.
  • the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1994)”.
  • the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".
  • the present specification discloses a coloring composition containing a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment, and a curable compound. This coloring composition can be preferably used as the coloring composition for forming the first pixel described above.
  • the coloring composition comprises a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment.
  • the blue pigment include a phthalocyanine blue pigment, a triarylmethane blue pigment, an indantron blue pigment, and the like, and a phthalocyanine blue pigment is preferable because it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance.
  • blue pigment examples include the blue pigment described as being contained in the first pixel described above, and the color index (CI) pigment blue 15: 3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 is preferred.
  • the coloring composition may contain only one type of blue pigment, or may contain two or more types.
  • yellow pigment contained in the coloring composition examples include azo yellow pigment, azomethin yellow pigment, quinophthalone yellow pigment, isoindolinone yellow pigment, isoindrin yellow pigment, pteridine yellow pigment, anthraquinone yellow pigment and the like, and azo yellow pigment and azomethin. It is preferably a yellow pigment and an isoindrin yellow pigment.
  • yellow pigment examples include the yellow pigment described as being contained in the first pixel described above, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. I. More preferably, it is at least one selected from Pigment Yellow 185.
  • the coloring composition may contain only one kind of yellow pigment, but it is preferable to contain two or more kinds, and more preferably three or more kinds, because it is easy to adjust the color reproducibility.
  • the coloring composition preferably contains 50 to 200 parts by mass of the yellow pigment, more preferably 60 to 150 parts by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 130 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue pigment.
  • the content of the blue pigment in the pigment contained in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 75% by mass, more preferably 30 to 65% by mass, and even more preferably 40 to 60% by mass. Further, C.I. in the pigment contained in the coloring composition.
  • the content of Pigment Blue 16 is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more. ..
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or less. According to this aspect, both light resistance and color reproducibility can be achieved at a high level.
  • the content of the yellow pigment in the pigment contained in the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass, and further preferably 20 to 50% by mass. preferable.
  • the total content of the blue pigment and the yellow pigment in the pigment contained in the coloring composition is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 60 to 100% by mass, and 75 to 100% by mass. Is more preferable, and 90 to 100% by mass is particularly preferable. It is particularly preferable that the pigment contained in the coloring composition is only a blue pigment and a yellow pigment from the viewpoint of light resistance and spectral characteristics.
  • the coloring composition preferably has a pigment content of 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and further preferably 55% by mass or more. Further, the content of the blue pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, and further preferably 15 to 40% by mass. The content of the yellow pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, and even more preferably 15 to 40% by mass.
  • the coloring composition contains a curable compound.
  • the curable compound include polymerizable compounds and resins.
  • the resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (a resin having no polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (a resin having a polymerizable group).
  • the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a (meth) acryloyloxy group, a (meth) acryloylamide group, and the like (meth). Allyl groups, (meth) acryloyl groups and (meth) acryloyloxy groups are preferred, and (meth) acryloyloxy groups are more preferred.
  • Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, and an epoxy group is preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a polymerizable monomer.
  • the curable compound it is preferable to use a compound containing at least a resin.
  • the coloring composition is used as a coloring composition for photolithography, it is preferable to use a resin and a polymerizable monomer (monomer type polymerizable compound) as the curable compound, and the resin and ethylenia are not present. It is more preferable to use a polymerizable monomer (monomer type polymerizable compound) having a saturated bond-containing group.
  • polymerizable compound examples include a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, and a compound having an alkoxymethyl group.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound.
  • a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, and a compound having an alkoxymethyl group can be preferably used as the cationically polymerizable compound.
  • the molecular weight of the monomer-type polymerizable compound is preferably less than 2000, more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 200 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2000 to 2000000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 5000 or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth) acrylate compound. Specific examples thereof include paragraph numbers 0995 to 0108 of JP2009-288705, paragraphs 0227 of JP2013-029760, paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP2008-292970, and paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP2013-253224.
  • Compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate (commercially available).
  • KAYARAD D-320 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) ) Acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • the (meth) acryloyl group of these compounds is ethylene glycol and / Or a compound having a structure bonded via a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartmer) and the like can be mentioned.
  • Compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toa Synthetic) and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • NK Ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • NK Oligo UA-7200 Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • Etc. can also be used.
  • Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide. It is also preferable to use a trifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as a modified tri (meth) acrylate or pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate.
  • trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) And so on.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may further have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group.
  • an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group.
  • Examples of commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
  • the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP2013-253224A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • Examples of the compound having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, etc., which are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used.
  • Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group, and is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group. It is more preferable to have a 3 to 6 functional (meth) acrylate compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups.
  • SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer
  • KAYARAD TPA-330 which is a trifunctional (meth) acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used.
  • examples of commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally regulatory substance such as toluene.
  • an environmentally regulatory substance such as toluene.
  • commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group are UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I.
  • Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group include a compound having an epoxy group, a compound having an oxetanyl group, and the like, and a compound having an epoxy group is preferable.
  • Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the number of epoxy groups may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably two or more.
  • Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP2013-011869, paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-0435556, and paragraph numbers 0083 to 0092 of JP-A-2014-089408.
  • the described compounds and the compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used, and their contents are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a polymer compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less.
  • EHPE3150 manufactured by Daicel Corporation
  • EPICLON N-695 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Marproof G-0150M G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (all manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., epoxy group-containing polymer) and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the compound having a methylol group include compounds in which the methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
  • Examples of the compound having an alkoxymethyl group include a compound in which an alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
  • Compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom include alkoxymethylated melamine, methylolated melamine, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, methylolated benzoguanamine, alkoxymethylated glycoluril, methylolated glycoluril, and alkoxymethylated.
  • Urea, methylolated urea and the like are preferred.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116 and paragraphs 095 to 0126 of JP-A-2014-089408 can also be used.
  • a resin can be used as the curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition or for the purpose of a binder.
  • a resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition is also referred to as a dispersant.
  • such an application of the resin is an example, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such an application.
  • the resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3000 to 2000000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
  • the resin examples include (meth) acrylic resin, epoxy resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide resin.
  • examples thereof include polyamide imide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, and styrene resin. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be mixed and used.
  • a resin having an acid group examples include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. These acid groups may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the resin having an acid group can also be used as a dispersant. Since the coloring composition contains a resin having an acid group, a desired pattern can be formed by alkaline development.
  • the acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the coloring composition also preferably contains a resin having a basic group.
  • the resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, and has both a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group.
  • a polymer is more preferable, and a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group is further preferable.
  • a resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less.
  • Examples of the basic group contained in the resin having a basic group include a group represented by the formula (a-1) and a group represented by the formula (a-2).
  • Ra1 and Ra2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Ra1 and Ra2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring;
  • Ra 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group or an oxyradic , and Ra12 to Ra19 are independent of each other.
  • Hydrogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group Hydrogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R a1 , Ra2 , and Raa11 to Ra19 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 5.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the aryl group represented by R a1 , Ra2 , and Raa11 to Ra19 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group represented by Ra 11 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 5.
  • the alkoxy group may have a substituent.
  • the aryloxy group represented by R a11 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryloxy group may have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the acyl group represented by R a11 is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and even more preferably 2 to 12.
  • the acyl group may have a substituent.
  • the resin having a basic group is described in the block copolymers (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP2014-219665A and paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP-A-2018-156021.
  • the block copolymer A1 which has been prepared can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the coloring composition contains a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group, respectively.
  • the storage stability of the coloring composition can be further improved.
  • the content of the resin having a basic group may be 20 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group. It is preferably 30 to 300 parts by mass, more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass.
  • a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as “ether dimer”) is used. It is also preferable to include it.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to.
  • paragraph number 0317 of JP2013-209760A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15.
  • the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (X) include ethylene oxide of paracumylphenol or propylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ac).
  • the aromatic carboxyl group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit.
  • the aromatic carboxyl group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • an aromatic carboxyl group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2).
  • this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
  • Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group
  • Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
  • P 10 represents a polymer. Represents a chain.
  • Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1) include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like.
  • Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
  • Q 1 is represented by a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and formula (Q-1). Represents a group or a group represented by the formula (Q-2).
  • the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the formula (Ar-11), a group represented by the formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by the formula (Ar-13). Examples include the base.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , the above formula (Q-). It represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • * 1 represents the bonding position with L1.
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these.
  • a group that combines two or more of the above can be mentioned.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by —L 2a —O—.
  • L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group in which an alkylene group and an arylene group are combined; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group, and —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, Examples thereof include a group in which at least one selected from —NH— and —S— is combined, and an alkylene group is preferable.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the group containing the aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in the formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in the formula (Ac-2) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and two of these.
  • a group that combines species or more can be mentioned.
  • the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by the formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by the formula (L12-2).
  • L 12b represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • * 1 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2)
  • * 2 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2). It represents the bonding position of Ac- 2 ) with P10.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b is a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-. Examples thereof include a group in which the above is combined with, and a hydrocarbon group or a group in which a hydrocarbon group and —O— are combined is preferable.
  • L 12c represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • * 1 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2)
  • * 2 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2). It represents the bonding position of Ac- 2 ) with P10.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c is a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-. Examples thereof include a group in which the above is combined, and a hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly (meth) acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20000.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1000 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is in the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 is preferably a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-5), and is preferably (P-5). It is more preferable that the polymer chain contains a repeating unit represented by.
  • RP1 and RP2 each represent an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group represented by RP1 and RP2 a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • a linear or branched alkylene group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • RP3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • LP1 represents a single bond or an arylene group
  • LP2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • L P1 is preferably a single bond.
  • the divalent linking group represented by LP2 includes an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, and -SO-.
  • RP4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Substituents include hydroxy group, carboxyl group, alkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heteroaryloxy group, alkylthioether group, arylthioether group, heteroarylthioether group, and ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples include bond-containing groups.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 is more preferably a polymer chain having a repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain.
  • the ratio of the repeating unit containing the ethylenically unsaturated bond - containing group in the side chain in all the repeating units constituting P10 is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. It is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit can be 100% by mass, preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 has a repeating unit containing an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • the dispersibility of a colorant such as a pigment in the coloring composition can be further improved.
  • the developability can be further improved, and the generation of development residue can be further suppressed.
  • the proportion of the repeating unit containing an acid group is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 2 to 20% by mass, still more preferably 3 to 10% by mass.
  • the resin Ac may further contain a repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-10).
  • Ar 21 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 21 and L 22 independently represent -COO- or -CONH-
  • R 21 contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Represents a group containing a group.
  • Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 21 include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like.
  • Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 21 include a group represented by the formula (Ar-21), a group represented by the formula (Ar-22), and a group represented by the formula (Ar-23). Examples include the base.
  • n11 represents an integer of 1 to 3, and is preferably 1 or 2.
  • n12 represents an integer of 1 to 7, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • n13 and n14 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n13 and n14 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , the above formula (Q-). It represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • L 21 and L 22 are preferably -COO-.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the group containing the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group represented by R 21 in the formula (Ac-10) include a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group. , (Meta) acryloyloxy group, (meth) acryloylamide group and the like, (meth) allyl group, (meth) acryloyl group and (meth) acryloyloxy group are preferable, and (meth) acryloyloxy group is more preferable.
  • the number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups contained in the group represented by R 21 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10 and preferably 1 to 6 from the viewpoint of developability and curability. More preferably, it is more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may be directly bonded to Ar 21 in the formula (Ac-10) or may be bonded via a linking group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the linking group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 40, more preferably 1 to 20, further preferably 2 to 9, and preferably 3 to 5.
  • the linking group is preferably an aliphatic group, and is preferably an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a urethane with a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or one or more divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups.
  • the linking group may have a substituent such as a hydroxy group or an amino group. Among them, the hydroxy group is preferably mentioned as the substituent.
  • the resin preferably contains a resin as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups.
  • the acid dispersant a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group and the basic group is 100 mol%.
  • the acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 5 to 200 mgKOH / g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) a resin in which the amount of basic groups is 60 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the amine value of the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably 5 to 100 mgKOH / g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 45 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a graft resin.
  • the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (resin Ac).
  • resin Ac resin having an aromatic carboxyl group
  • examples of the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group include those described above.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the resin to have is preferable.
  • the basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity.
  • the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion.
  • resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
  • specific examples of the dendrimer include the polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the dispersant is a resin described in JP-A-2018-087939, a polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, and a block copolymer according to International Publication No. 2019/125940.
  • the described block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) can also be used.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by Big Chemie Japan, SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol, Efka series manufactured by BASF, and Ajinomoto Fine Techno (Ajinomoto Fine Techno). Examples include the Ajinomoto series manufactured by Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Further, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP2012-137564A and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the content of the curable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 35% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 7% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably less than 25% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the curable compound may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 4% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably less than 20% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 4% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably less than 20% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 1. It is preferably about 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 4% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably less than 20% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition may be 0.5 to 10% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1.0% by mass or more, more preferably 1.5% by mass or more, still more preferably 2.0% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably less than 8% by mass, more preferably 6% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably less than 30% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin having an acid group in the resin contained in the coloring composition is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 75 to 100% by mass, and 90 to 100% by mass. Is even more preferable.
  • the total content of the polymerizable monomer and the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition may be 5 to 45% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably less than 40% by mass, more preferably 35% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible light region is preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, and thio compounds. , Ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds and the like.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, or a triarylimidazole.
  • It is preferably a dimer, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound and a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, preferably an oxime compound and an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound.
  • ⁇ -Aminoketone compound, and a compound selected from an acylphosphine compound are more preferable, and an oxime compound is further preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator the compound described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173 and JP-A-6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. Peroxide-based photopolymerization initiator described in 3, 2019, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, JP-A-2019-043864.
  • Examples thereof include the above-mentioned aminoacetophenone-based initiators having an oxazolidine group, the oxime-based photopolymerization initiators described in JP-A-2013-190459, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (above, IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure27, Irgacure29. (Manufactured by the company) and the like.
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (above, IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369, Irger Made) and so on.
  • acylphosphine compounds examples include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (above, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (above, manufactured by BASF).
  • Examples of the oxime compound include the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compound described in JP-A-2000-080068, the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166, and J. Am. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), the compound described in Journal of Photopolisr Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385, the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385.
  • oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminovtan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compound described in JP-A-2014-137466, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and the compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. Will be.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471.
  • Compound (C-3) and the like can be mentioned.
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • the oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP2013-114249A and paragraphs 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466. Examples thereof include the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
  • an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used.
  • Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 having an electron-attracting group introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as oxime compound OX) can also be used.
  • the electron-attracting group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group and a cyano group.
  • the benzoyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylsulfanyl group and an arylsulfanyl group.
  • an acyl group or an amino group more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group or an amino group, and more preferably an alkoxy group or an alkyl group. It is more preferably a sulfanyl group or an amino group.
  • the oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the compound represented by the formula (OX1) and the compound represented by the formula (OX2), and more preferably the compound represented by the formula (OX2). preferable.
  • RX1 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group.
  • RX2 contains an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl.
  • RX3 to RX14 independently represent hydrogen atoms or substituents; However, at least one of RX10 to RX14 is an electron-withdrawing group.
  • RX12 is an electron-withdrawing group and RX10 , RX11 , RX13 and RX14 are hydrogen atoms.
  • oxime compound OX include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, still more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and more preferably 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable to have.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in an organic solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation is less likely to occur with time, and the stability of the coloring composition with time is improved.
  • Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photo-radical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • only one kind of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition preferably contains a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
  • the pigment skeletons constituting the pigment derivatives include quinoline pigment skeleton, benzoimidazolone pigment skeleton, benzoisoindole pigment skeleton, benzothiazole pigment skeleton, iminium pigment skeleton, squarylium pigment skeleton, croconium pigment skeleton, oxonol pigment skeleton, and pyrolopyrrole pigment.
  • the acid group include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group and salts thereof.
  • alkali metal ions Li + , Na + , K + , etc.
  • alkaline earth metal ions Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.
  • ammonium ions imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, etc.
  • Examples include phosphonium ion.
  • the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and a salt thereof, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimidemethyl group.
  • the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include hydroxide ion, halogen ion, carboxylic acid ion, sulfonic acid ion, and phenoxide ion.
  • a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be contained.
  • the maximum molar extinction coefficient ( ⁇ max) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 3000 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less, and 1000 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less. Is more preferable, and 100 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less is further preferable.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more.
  • pigment derivative examples include the compounds described in Examples described later, JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-246674, JP-A-01-217077, and JP-A-03-009961.
  • Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 03-026767 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-153780
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-045662 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 04-285669
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-145546 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-212088, Kaihei 06-240158
  • Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-030063 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-195326
  • Paragraph Nos Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
  • the content of the pigment derivative in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.6% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.9% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 12.5% by mass or less, and further preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 3 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition may contain a compound having three or more basic groups in one molecule, an amine value of 2.7 mmol / g or more, and a molecular weight of 100 or more (hereinafter, also referred to as a specific amine compound).
  • the molecular weight of the specific amine compound is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, further preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the specific amine compound is the value calculated from the structural formula.
  • the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. If the measurement cannot be performed by the boiling point elevation method or is difficult to measure, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used.
  • the value of the number average molecular weight in the polystyrene conversion value measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
  • the amine value of the specific amine compound is preferably 5 mmol / g or more, more preferably 10 mmol / g or more, and further preferably 15 mmol / g or more.
  • the number of basic groups contained in the specific amine compound is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and further preferably 10 or more.
  • the basic group of the specific amine compound is preferably an amino group.
  • the specific amine compound is preferably a compound having a primary amino group, more preferably a compound containing a primary amino group and a tertiary amino group, respectively, and a primary amino group and a secondary amino. It is more preferable that the compound contains a group and a tertiary amino group, respectively.
  • the amino group contained in the specific amine compound may be a cyclic amino group.
  • the cyclic amino group may be an aliphatic cyclic amino group such as a piperidino group or an aromatic cyclic amino group such as a pyridyl group.
  • the cyclic amino group is preferably a cyclic amino group having a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring structure, more preferably a cyclic amino group having a 6-membered ring structure, and an aliphatic cyclic amino having a 6-membered ring structure. It is more preferably a group.
  • the cyclic amino group preferably has a hindered amine structure, and particularly preferably has a 6-membered ring hindered amine structure.
  • the hindered amine structure it is preferable that the two carbon atoms in the ring structure adjacent to the nitrogen atom of the cyclic amino group have a substituent such as an alkyl group.
  • the cyclic amino group having a hindered amine structure include 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl group and 1,2,6,6-trimethylpiperidyl.
  • 2,6-dimethylpiperidyl group 1-methyl-2,6-di (t-butyl) piperidyl group, 2,6-di (t-butyl) piperidyl group, 1,2,2,5,5- Examples thereof include a pentamethylpyrrolidyl group and a 2,2,5,5-tetramethylpyrrolidyl group.
  • 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group or 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl group is preferable, and 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group is preferable. More preferred.
  • the specific amine compound is preferably polyalkyleneimine because it can further improve the storage stability of the coloring composition.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine and has a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group and a tertiary amino group, respectively.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, further preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • Specific examples of the alkyleneimine include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, 2,3-butyleneimine, and the like, preferably ethyleneimine or propyleneimine, and more preferably ethyleneimine.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine. Further, polyethyleneimine preferably contains a primary amino group in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, based on the total of the primary amino group, the secondary amino group and the tertiary amino group. , 30 mol% or more is more preferable. Examples of commercially available polyethyleneimine products include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
  • the content of the specific amine compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 4.5% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or less, and further preferably 3% by mass or less.
  • the content of the specific amine compound is preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and further preferably 2 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 8 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7% by mass or less, and further preferably 5 parts by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition preferably contains an organic solvent.
  • organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, hydrocarbon-based solvents and the like.
  • paragraph No. 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvent examples include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbi Tall acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-di
  • aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 parts by mass (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per millision) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
  • an organic solvent having a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per parts) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Synthetic Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Further, only one kind of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
  • the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
  • the coloring composition can contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidin salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, onium salt compounds and the like.
  • Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compound described in paragraph Nos. 0094 to 0097 of International Publication No. 2018/056189, the compound described in paragraph numbers 0246 to 0253 of JP-A-2015-034963, and JP-A-2013-041165. Compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
  • the curing accelerator when the curing accelerator is contained, the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
  • the coloring composition can contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indole compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used. Details thereof are described in paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, paragraph numbers 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-066814, and paragraph numbers 0061 to 0080 of JP2016-162946. These compounds are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series made of Miyoshi Oil & Fat (The Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016).
  • the ultraviolet absorber the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. In the coloring composition, only one kind of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition can contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include a phenol compound, a phosphite ester compound, a thioether compound and the like.
  • the phenol compound any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used.
  • Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds.
  • a compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the antioxidant a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used.
  • the compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition can contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and the like.
  • examples thereof include 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salt, first cerium salt, etc.). Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly linked to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction.
  • the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of the functional group other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group and an isocyanate group.
  • a phenyl group and the like preferably an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group.
  • silane coupling agent examples include N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -amino.
  • Propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), ⁇ -Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxy Propylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
  • the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP2009-288703 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP2009-242604A. , These contents are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. preferable.
  • the silane coupling agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition can contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • the surfactant the surfactant described in paragraph Nos. 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 is mentioned, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the liquid characteristics particularly, fluidity
  • the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • fluorine-based surfactant examples include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of International Publication No. 2014/017669) and the like, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-.
  • the surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 132503 and the surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634 are mentioned, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafax F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant include the Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafuck. DS-21 can be mentioned.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant the description in JP-A-2016-216602 can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant a block polymer can also be used.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compounds is preferably 3000 to 50,000, for example 14000.
  • % indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used. Specific examples thereof include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, for example, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation. , RS-72-K and the like. Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
  • a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by the formula (fi-1) is also preferable to use as a surfactant.
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • ⁇ represents 1 or 2
  • X ⁇ + represents an ⁇ -valent metal ion, a primary ammonium ion, and a first.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, and the like.
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.).
  • TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials
  • KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 all manufactured by Big Chemie
  • FZ-2122 Dow Toray Co., Ltd.
  • a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone-based surfactant.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass.
  • the coloring composition only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition may be a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a thermosetting accelerator, a plasticizer and other auxiliaries (eg, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents), if necessary. , Peeling accelerator, fragrance, surface tension modifier, chain transfer agent, etc.) may be contained. By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical characteristics can be adjusted. These components are described in, for example, paragraph No. 0183 or later of JP2012-003225A (paragraph number 0237 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraph 2008-250074. The description of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc.
  • the coloring composition may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250 ° C. or at 80 to 200 ° C. in the presence of an acid / base catalyst. This includes compounds in which the protecting group is desorbed and functions as an antioxidant.
  • Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
  • Examples of commercially available products of latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • the coloring composition may contain a light resistance improving agent.
  • the light resistance improving agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, and JP-A-2017-129774.
  • the coloring composition does not substantially contain terephthalic acid ester.
  • substantially free means that the content of the terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less in the total amount of the coloring composition, and more preferably 100 mass ppb or less. Zero is particularly preferred.
  • perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt may be restricted.
  • perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid particularly, perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group
  • a salt thereof, and a perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid are used.
  • the content of the acid (particularly the perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition. It is preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb.
  • the coloring composition may be substantially free of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and salts thereof, as well as perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and salts thereof.
  • a coloring composition that is substantially free of salts thereof may be selected.
  • examples of compounds that can substitute for the regulated compound include compounds excluded from the regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms of the perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the coloring composition may contain a perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and a salt thereof, and a perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and a salt thereof within the maximum allowable range.
  • the container for containing the coloring composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used.
  • a storage container for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into raw materials and coloring compositions, a multi-layer bottle having a container inner wall made of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle having 6 types of resin having a 7-layer structure. It is also preferable to use. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
  • the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the storage stability of the coloring composition, and suppressing the deterioration of the components.
  • the coloring composition can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and / or dispersed in an organic solvent to prepare a coloring composition, or if necessary, each component may be appropriately dissolved in two or more solutions or dispersions. However, these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a coloring composition.
  • the mechanical force used for dispersing the organic pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like.
  • these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like.
  • the process and disperser for dispersing organic pigments are "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Published by Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology and industry centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system)". Practical application The process and disperser described in Paragraph No.
  • the particles may be miniaturized in the salt milling step.
  • the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step for example, the descriptions in JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-046629 can be referred to.
  • any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation.
  • fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP).
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • PVDF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • nylon eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6)
  • polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP).
  • filters using materials such as (including high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene resin).
  • polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
  • the pore diameter of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 ⁇ m. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably.
  • the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to.
  • various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.
  • Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitts Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used. ..
  • a fiber-like filter medium As the filter.
  • the fiber-like filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like.
  • examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd.
  • filters for example, a first filter and a second filter
  • the filtration with each filter may be performed only once or twice or more.
  • filters having different pore diameters may be combined within the above-mentioned range.
  • the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing the other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter.
  • the kit of the present invention is a kit for manufacturing the above-mentioned color filter, and is a kit for manufacturing the above-mentioned color filter.
  • a first pixel-forming coloring composition containing a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment and a curable compound, and the like.
  • a pigment containing a green pigment and a coloring composition for forming a second pixel containing a curable compound are included.
  • coloring composition for forming the first pixel it is preferable to use the coloring composition described above.
  • the coloring composition for forming the second pixel contains a pigment containing a green pigment.
  • the green pigment include the green pigment described as being contained in the second pixel of the color filter described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the pigment used in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel further contains a yellow pigment.
  • the yellow pigment include the yellow pigment described as being contained in the second pixel of the color filter described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the pigment used in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel contains a green pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment.
  • the blue pigment include the blue pigment described as being included in the first pixel.
  • the blue pigment contained in the second pixel is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, and C.I. I. It is preferably at least one selected from Pigment Blue 16.
  • the content of the green pigment in the pigment contained in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, and 20 to 45% by mass. Is more preferable.
  • the content of the yellow pigment in the pigment is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, preferably 10 to 50% by mass. It is more preferably present, and further preferably 20 to 40% by mass.
  • the content of the yellow pigment is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 25 to 160 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the green pigment.
  • the content of the blue pigment in the pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 45% by mass. It is more preferably present, and further preferably 20 to 40% by mass.
  • the content of the blue pigment is preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 80 to 130 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the green pigment.
  • the total content of the green pigment, the yellow pigment and the blue pigment in the pigment contained in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, preferably 55 to 100% by mass. It is more preferably present, and further preferably 60 to 100% by mass.
  • the pigment contained in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably only a green pigment and a yellow pigment, or is preferably only a green pigment, a yellow pigment and a blue pigment, and is a green pigment from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics. It is particularly preferable that only the yellow pigment and the blue pigment are used.
  • the content of the pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more. More preferred. Further, the content of the green pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 15 to 45% by mass, and 20 to 40%. It is more preferably by mass%. Further, the content of the yellow pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 10 to 60% by mass, more preferably 20 to 55% by mass, and 35 to 50%. It is more preferably by mass%. Further, the content of the blue pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 35% by mass, and 15 to 30%. It is more preferably by mass%.
  • Examples of the curable compound used in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel include the curable compound described as being contained in the coloring composition described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the coloring composition for forming the second pixel further includes a photopolymerization initiator, a pigment derivative, a specific amine compound, an organic solvent, a curing accelerator, an ultraviolet absorber, and an oxidation described as being contained in the coloring composition described above. It may contain an inhibitor, a polymerization inhibitor, a silane coupling agent, a surfactant, and other components. These preferred embodiments and contents are the same as those described in the section of the coloring composition described above.
  • the acid value of the resin was determined by neutralization titration using an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Specifically, a solution obtained by dissolving the obtained resin in a solvent is titrated with an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide using a potential difference measurement method to calculate the number of millimoles of the acid contained in 1 g of the solid content of the resin, and then the number of millimoles is calculated. , The value was determined by multiplying the value by the molecular weight of potassium hydroxide (KOH) 56.1.
  • C C value (base value containing ethylenically unsaturated bond)>
  • the C C value (base value containing ethylenically unsaturated bond) of the resin was calculated from the raw materials used for the synthesis of the resin.
  • Green pigment] PG7 C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
  • PG36 C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
  • PG58 C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
  • PG59 C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
  • PG62 C.I. I. Pigment Green 62 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
  • PG63 C.I. I. Pigment Green 63 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
  • ⁇ resin ⁇ B-1 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 11000, acid value 32 mgKOH / g) B-3: Solspace 36000 (manufactured by Lubrizol)
  • (Dispersant) B-4 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • B-5 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • B-6 Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight 9000, acid value 43 mgKOH / g)
  • Dispersion liquid GA1 to dispersion liquid GA15 Dispersion liquid GA1 to dispersion liquid GA15 described above
  • Dispersion liquid Y1 to dispersion liquid Y10 Dispersion liquid Y1 to dispersion liquid Y10 described above.
  • Dispersion liquid GB1 to dispersion liquid GB14 Dispersion liquid GB1 to the above-mentioned dispersion liquid GB14
  • Dispersion R1 Dispersion R1 described above
  • Dispersion B1 Dispersion B1 described above
  • ⁇ resin ⁇ B-1 Resin B-1 described above
  • B-2 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 10000, acid value 77 mgKOH / g)
  • M-1 NK Ester A-TMMT (Pentaerythritol Tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • M-2 KAYARAD DPHA (Made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate)
  • M-3 NK ester A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., polyfunctional acrylate with ethylene oxide)
  • A-1 p-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor)
  • A-2 Compound with the following structure (ultraviolet absorber)
  • pre-baking heat treatment
  • FPA-3000i5 + manufactured by Canon Inc.
  • light having a wavelength of 365 nm was exposed through a mask having a pattern at an exposure amount of 500 mj / cm 2 .
  • a mask capable of forming pixels of an island pattern of 5 ⁇ m ⁇ 5 ⁇ m was used, and a shot having a size of 11 mm ⁇ 11 mm was exposed to the entire area except the outer circumference of the glass wafer of 3 mm.
  • the glass wafer on which the irradiated coating film was formed was placed on a horizontal rotary table of a spin shower developer (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and an alkaline developer (CD-2060) was placed.
  • a spin shower developer DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.
  • an alkaline developer CD-2060
  • Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd. was used for paddle development at room temperature for 60 seconds.
  • the glass wafer after paddle development is fixed to a horizontal rotary table by a vacuum chuck method, and while the glass wafer is rotated at a rotation speed of 50 rpm by a rotating device, pure water is ejected from above the center of rotation into a shower shape.
  • the second pixel was formed by patterning with the coloring composition for forming the second pixel described in the table below by the same process.
  • Red-1 was used as the coloring composition and patterned by the same process to form a red pixel, which is a third pixel.
  • Blue-1 was used as the coloring composition, patterning was performed in the same process to form blue pixels, which are the fourth pixels, to produce a color filter.
  • the illumination light source was specified and the spectral reflectance was determined for 400 to 700 nm.
  • the infrared cut filter characteristics of the sensor and the spectral sensitivity of the sensor were specified, and the exposure amounts of red, green, and blue received by the spectral sensor measured above were calculated from the spectral characteristics of each pixel of the color filter.
  • the charge amount of each color of red, green and blue was calculated from this exposure amount.
  • the output signals r, g, and b of each color of red, green, and blue were calculated from these charge amounts.
  • L * a * b * was calculated for the 24 colors of the Macbeth chart used in the original calculation, and each L * a * b * was calculated from the output signals r, g, and b obtained above, and the original was calculated.
  • the color difference from the Macbeth chart was calculated (called ⁇ E2000) and used as an index of color reproducibility.
  • the details of the simulation were calculated by the same method as in paragraph numbers 0406 to 0249 of JP2013-015817A.
  • E The case where there is a practical problem is defined as E, and the case where there is no practical problem is classified into B, C, and D, where the case with the best performance is designated as A.
  • a color filter was manufactured in the same manner as the color separation characteristics.
  • the transmittances (400-700 nm) of the first pixel and the second pixel of the obtained color filter were measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated values were measured as G INT-1 (A) and G INT- , respectively. It was set to 1 (B).
  • the color filter was subjected to a light resistance test process using a Super Xenon Weather Meter SX75 manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd. under the conditions of an illuminance of 100,000 lux and 1000 hours.
  • the transmittance (400-700 nm) of the first pixel and the second pixel of the color filter after the light resistance test was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated values were measured as G INT-2 (A) and G, respectively. It was designated as INT-2 (B).
  • INT-2 B
  • the volatility is calculated from the following formula to evaluate the light resistance. did. If it is A to D according to the following criteria, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
  • Volatility (%)
  • the first pixel was formed in the same manner as the color separation characteristic.
  • the transmittance (400-700 nm) of the first pixel was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated value was taken as G INT-11 (A).
  • the second pixel was formed by patterning with the coloring composition for forming the second pixel described in the table below by the same process.
  • the transmittance (400-700 nm) of the second pixel was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, the integrated value was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated value was defined as GINT -11 (B). ..
  • Red-1 was used as the coloring composition and patterned by the same process to form a red pixel, which is a third pixel.
  • Blue-1 used as the coloring composition
  • patterning was performed in the same process to form blue pixels, which are the fourth pixels.
  • the transmittance (400-700 nm) of the first pixel after the formation of the fourth pixel was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated value was defined as G INT-12 (A).
  • the transmittance (400-700 nm) of the second pixel after the formation of the fourth pixel was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated value was defined as G INT-12 (B).
  • a color filter was manufactured in the same manner as the color separation characteristics.
  • the first pixel and the second pixel of the color filter were inspected using a wafer defect evaluation device (ComPLUS3, manufactured by AMAT), and the number of defects was measured (initial number of defects).
  • the case where foreign matter precipitation, chipping, deformation, peeling, etc. was observed on the pixel was counted as a defective pixel.
  • the color filter The number of pixel defects after the moisture resistance test was performed after standing for 1500 hours in an atmosphere with a temperature of 85 ° C and a relative humidity of 85% using a constant temperature and humidity chamber (EHS-221M) manufactured by Yamato Scientific Co., Ltd.
  • EHS-221M constant temperature and humidity chamber
  • the coloring composition for forming the first pixel and the coloring composition for forming the second pixel used in Examples and Comparative Examples are as follows.
  • Tmax 1 is the maximum value of the transmittance of the first pixel in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm
  • ⁇ 1 is the wavelength indicating the maximum value of the transmittance of the first pixel
  • ⁇ L11 is.
  • T ( ⁇ L21 ) is a transmission rate at the wavelength ⁇ L21 of the first pixel
  • Tmax 2 is a wavelength in the range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • ⁇ 2 is the wavelength indicating the maximum value of the transmission rate of the second pixel
  • ⁇ L21 is the length indicating the transmission rate of 50% of the second pixel.
  • T ( ⁇ L11 ) is the transmission rate of the second pixel at the wavelength ⁇ L11 .
  • the examples were excellent in light resistance. Furthermore, it was also excellent in color separation characteristics.
  • Example 1 even if the coloring composition for forming the first pixel was changed to Green-A24 to Green-A35, it had the same excellent light resistance as in Example 1. Further, the evaluation result of the residue on the first pixel was the same as that of Example 1.

Abstract

A color filter and a solid state image sensor that include a first pixel containing a pigment that includes a blue pigment and a yellow pigment, and a second pixel that is a green pixel containing a pigment that includes a green pigment. A coloring composition for forming the first pixel of the color filter and a kit for manufacturing the color filter.

Description

カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子、着色組成物およびキットColor filters, solid-state image sensors, coloring compositions and kits
　本発明は、緑色顔料を含む緑色画素を有するカラーフィルタに関する。また、本発明は、固体撮像素子、着色組成物およびキットに関する。 The present invention relates to a color filter having green pixels containing a green pigment. The present invention also relates to a solid-state image sensor, a coloring composition and a kit.
　近年、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話等の普及から、電荷結合素子（ＣＣＤ）イメージセンサなどの固体撮像素子の需要が大きく伸びている。ディスプレイや光学素子のキーデバイスとしてカラーフィルタが使用されている。カラーフィルタは、緑色画素、青色画素および赤色画素の３原色の着色画素を備えており、透過光を３原色へ分解する役割を果たしている。 In recent years, with the widespread use of digital cameras, camera-equipped mobile phones, etc., demand for solid-state image sensors such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly. Color filters are used as key devices for displays and optical elements. The color filter includes colored pixels of the three primary colors of green pixels, blue pixels, and red pixels, and plays a role of decomposing transmitted light into the three primary colors.
　特許文献１には、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６および黄色着色剤を含み、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６の含有量が２６質量％以上であり、緑色着色剤を含まない着色剤（Ａ）と、樹脂（Ｂ）と、重合性化合物（Ｃ）と、重合開始剤（Ｄ）を含む着色組成物を用いてカラーフィルタの緑色画素を形成することが記載されている。 In Patent Document 1, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 and yellow colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 contains 26% by mass or more and contains a colorant (A) that does not contain a green colorant, a resin (B), a polymerizable compound (C), and a polymerization initiator (D). It is described that the composition is used to form green pixels of a color filter.
特開２０１８－１８００８１号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2018-18801
　カラーフィルタの緑色画素としては、緑色の色再現性が良く、他色との色分離性に優れるという理由から一般的に緑色顔料を含む着色組成物を用いて形成されている。 The green pixel of the color filter is generally formed by using a coloring composition containing a green pigment because it has good green color reproducibility and excellent color separation from other colors.
　しかしながら、緑色顔料は一般的に耐光性が低い傾向にある。このため、緑色顔料を含む緑色画素を含むカラーフィルタについては、光照射によって緑色の分光特性が経時的に変動しやすい傾向にある。 However, green pigments generally tend to have low light resistance. Therefore, for a color filter containing green pixels containing a green pigment, the spectral characteristics of green tend to fluctuate with time due to light irradiation.
　よって、本発明の目的は、光照射による緑色の分光特性の変動が抑制された耐光性に優れたカラーフィルタを提供することにある。また、本発明の目的は、固体撮像素子、着色組成物およびキットを提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a color filter having excellent light resistance in which fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation are suppressed. It is also an object of the present invention to provide a solid-state image sensor, a coloring composition and a kit.
　本発明者の検討によれば、後述する構成とすることにより、上記目的を達成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。よって、本発明は以下を提供する。
＜１＞　青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料を含有する第１の画素と、
　緑色顔料を含む顔料を含有する緑色画素である第２の画素と、を含むカラーフィルタ。
＜２＞　上記第１の画素が含む上記青色顔料は、フタロシアニン青色顔料である、＜１＞に記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜３＞　上記第１の画素が含む上記青色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１５：３、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１５：４、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１５：６、および、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１６から選ばれる少なくとも１種である、＜１＞に記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜４＞　上記第１の画素が含む上記青色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１６である、＜１＞に記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜５＞　上記第１の画素が含む上記黄色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１２９、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１３９、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１５０、および、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１８５から選ばれる少なくとも１種である、＜１＞～＜４＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜６＞　上記第１の画素は、上記青色顔料１００質量部に対して上記黄色顔料を７０～１３０質量部含む、＜１＞～＜５＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜７＞　上記第１の画素は、上記顔料中における上記青色顔料と上記黄色顔料の合計の含有量が７５～１００質量％である、＜１＞～＜６＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜８＞　上記第２の画素が含む上記緑色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン７、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン３６、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン５８、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン５９、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン６２、および、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン６３から選ばれる少なくとも１種である＜１＞～＜７＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜９＞　上記第２の画素は更に黄色顔料を含む、＜１＞～＜８＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜１０＞　上記第２の画素は緑色顔料と、黄色顔料と、青色顔料とを含む、＜１＞～＜８＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜１１＞　上記第２の画素が含む上記黄色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１２９、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１３９、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１５０、および、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１８５から選ばれる少なくとも１種である、＜９＞または＜１０＞に記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜１２＞　上記第１の画素中における上記顔料の含有量が４０質量％以上である、＜１＞～＜１１＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜１３＞　上記第２の画素中における上記顔料の含有量が４０質量％以上である、＜１＞～＜１２＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜１４＞　上記第１の画素および上記第２の画素の波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲の透過スペクトルについて、
　上記第１の画素については、波長４５０～６００ｎｍの範囲に透過率の最大値を示す波長λ１が存在し、上記波長λ１での透過率が７０％以上であり、
　上記第２の画素については、波長４５０～６００ｎｍの範囲であって、上記波長λ１よりも長波長側に透過率の最大値を示す波長λ２が存在し、上記波長λ２での透過率が７０％以上であり、
　上記第１の画素および第２の画素は、波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲に透過率が５０％を示す波長が２つ存在する、
　＜１＞～＜１３＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜１５＞　上記波長λ２と上記波長λ１との差が５～７５ｎｍである、＜１４＞に記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜１６＞　上記第２の画素について透過率５０％を示す長波長側の波長λＬ２１が、上記第１の画素について透過率５０％を示す長波長側の波長λＬ１１よりも長波長側に存在する、＜１＞～＜１５＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜１７＞　上記波長λＬ２１と上記波長λＬ１１との差が５～７５ｎｍである、＜１６＞に記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜１８＞　上記波長λＬ１１での上記第２の画素の透過率が６０％以上である、＜１６＞または＜１７＞に記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜１９＞　上記波長λＬ２１での上記第１の画素の透過率が２０％以下である、＜１６＞～＜１８＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタ。
＜２０＞　＜１＞～＜１９＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタを有する固体撮像素子。
＜２１＞　＜１＞～＜１９＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタの第１の画素形成用の着色組成物であって、
　青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料と、硬化性化合物とを含み、
　上記青色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１６を含み、
　上記着色組成物の全固形分中における上記顔料の含有量が４０質量％以上であり、
　上記顔料中におけるカラーインデックスピグメントブルー１６の含有量が５０質量％以上である、着色組成物。
＜２２＞　＜１＞～＜１９＞のいずれか１つに記載のカラーフィルタの製造用のキットであって、
　青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料と、硬化性化合物とを含有する第１の画素形成用の着色組成物と、
　緑色顔料を含む顔料と、硬化性化合物とを含有する第２の画素形成用の着色組成物と、
　含むキット。
＜２３＞　上記第２の画素形成用の着色組成物は、緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料とを含む、＜２２＞に記載のキット。 According to the study of the present inventor, it has been found that the above object can be achieved by adopting the configuration described later, and the present invention has been completed. Therefore, the present invention provides the following.
<1> A first pixel containing a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment, and
A color filter including a second pixel, which is a green pixel containing a pigment containing a green pigment.
<2> The color filter according to <1>, wherein the blue pigment contained in the first pixel is a phthalocyanine blue pigment.
<3> The blue pigment contained in the first pixel is at least selected from Color Index Pigment Blue 15: 3, Color Index Pigment Blue 15: 4, Color Index Pigment Blue 15: 6, and Color Index Pigment Blue 16. The color filter according to <1>, which is one type.
<4> The color filter according to <1>, wherein the blue pigment contained in the first pixel is Color Index Pigment Blue 16.
<5> The yellow pigment contained in the first pixel is at least one selected from Color Index Pigment Yellow 129, Color Index Pigment Yellow 139, Color Index Pigment Yellow 150, and Color Index Pigment Yellow 185. The color filter according to any one of 1> to <4>.
<6> The color filter according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the first pixel contains 70 to 130 parts by mass of the yellow pigment with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue pigment.
<7> The first pixel is described in any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the total content of the blue pigment and the yellow pigment in the pigment is 75 to 100% by mass. Color filter.
<8> The green pigments included in the second pixel are Color Index Pigment Green 7, Color Index Pigment Green 36, Color Index Pigment Green 58, Color Index Pigment Green 59, Color Index Pigment Green 62, and Color Index Pigment. The color filter according to any one of <1> to <7>, which is at least one selected from green 63.
<9> The color filter according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the second pixel further contains a yellow pigment.
<10> The color filter according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the second pixel contains a green pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment.
<11> The yellow pigment contained in the second pixel is at least one selected from Color Index Pigment Yellow 129, Color Index Pigment Yellow 139, Color Index Pigment Yellow 150, and Color Index Pigment Yellow 185. The color filter according to 9> or <10>.
<12> The color filter according to any one of <1> to <11>, wherein the content of the pigment in the first pixel is 40% by mass or more.
<13> The color filter according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the content of the pigment in the second pixel is 40% by mass or more.
<14> Regarding the transmission spectra of the first pixel and the second pixel in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
Regarding the first pixel, the wavelength λ 1 indicating the maximum value of the transmittance exists in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm, and the transmittance at the wavelength λ 1 is 70% or more.
Regarding the second pixel, there is a wavelength λ 2 in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm, which shows the maximum value of the transmittance on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength λ 1 , and the transmittance at the wavelength λ 2 Is over 70%,
The first pixel and the second pixel have two wavelengths having a transmittance of 50% in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
The color filter according to any one of <1> to <13>.
<15> The color filter according to <14>, wherein the difference between the wavelength λ 2 and the wavelength λ 1 is 5 to 75 nm.
<16> The wavelength λ L21 on the long wavelength side showing a transmittance of 50% for the second pixel exists on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength λ L11 on the long wavelength side showing a transmittance of 50% for the first pixel. The color filter according to any one of <1> to <15>.
<17> The color filter according to <16>, wherein the difference between the wavelength λ L21 and the wavelength λ L11 is 5 to 75 nm.
<18> The color filter according to <16> or <17>, wherein the transmittance of the second pixel at the wavelength λ L11 is 60% or more.
<19> The color filter according to any one of <16> to <18>, wherein the transmittance of the first pixel at the wavelength λ L21 is 20% or less.
<20> A solid-state image sensor having the color filter according to any one of <1> to <19>.
<21> The coloring composition for forming the first pixel of the color filter according to any one of <1> to <19>.
Contains pigments, including blue and yellow pigments, and curable compounds,
The blue pigment comprises Color Index Pigment Blue 16.
The content of the pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 40% by mass or more, and the content is 40% by mass or more.
A coloring composition in which the content of Color Index Pigment Blue 16 in the above pigment is 50% by mass or more.
<22> The kit for manufacturing the color filter according to any one of <1> to <19>.
A first pixel-forming coloring composition containing a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment and a curable compound, and the like.
A coloring composition for forming a second pixel containing a pigment containing a green pigment and a curable compound,
Kit including.
<23> The kit according to <22>, wherein the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is a green pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment.
　本発明によれば、光照射による緑色の分光特性の変動が抑制された耐光性に優れたカラーフィルタを提供することができる。また、本発明は、固体撮像素子、着色組成物およびキットを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a color filter having excellent light resistance in which fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation are suppressed. The present invention can also provide a solid-state image sensor, a coloring composition and a kit.
　以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
　本明細書において、「～」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
　本明細書における基（原子団）の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基（原子団）と共に置換基を有する基（原子団）をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基（無置換アルキル基）のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基（置換アルキル基）をも包含する。
　本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線（ＥＵＶ光）、Ｘ線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
　本明細書において、「（メタ）アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「（メタ）アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「（メタ）アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
　本明細書において、構造式中のＭｅはメチル基を表し、Ｅｔはエチル基を表し、Ｂｕはブチル基を表し、Ｐｈはフェニル基を表す。
　本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、ＧＰＣ（ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ）法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
　本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい色材を意味する。例えば、顔料は、２３℃の水１００ｇおよび２３℃のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート１００ｇに対する溶解度がいずれも０．１ｇ以下であることが好ましく、０．０１ｇ以下であることがより好ましい。
　本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
　本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the present specification, "to" is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group). For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
As used herein, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Examples of the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
As used herein, "(meth) acrylate" represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either, and "(meth) acrylic" represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either. ) Acryloyl "represents both acryloyl and / or methacryloyl.
In the present specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene-equivalent values measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
In the present specification, the pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent. For example, the solubility of the pigment in 100 g of water at 23 ° C. and 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 23 ° C. is preferably 0.1 g or less, and more preferably 0.01 g or less.
As used herein, the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In the present specification, the term "process" is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. ..
＜カラーフィルタ＞
　本発明のカラーフィルタは、
　青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料を含有する第１の画素と、
　緑色顔料を含む顔料を含有する緑色画素である第２の画素と、を含むことを特徴とする。 <Color filter>
The color filter of the present invention is
A first pixel containing a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment,
It is characterized by including a second pixel, which is a green pixel containing a pigment containing a green pigment.
　本発明のカラーフィルタは、緑色顔料を含む顔料を含有する緑色画素を含むカラーフィルタであるにもかかわらず、光照射による緑色の分光特性の変動を抑制することができる。このような効果が得られる詳細な理由は不明であるが、青色顔料は緑色顔料より耐光性が強いことに起因すると推測される。即ち、青色顔料を含む第１の画素は、第２の画素より光照射による分光特性の変動が小さいと推測される。このため、青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料を含有する第１の画素と、緑色顔料を含む顔料を含有する緑色画素である第２の画素とを併用することで、第２の画素単独の場合よりも光照射による緑色の分光特性の変動を抑制することができたと推測される。 Although the color filter of the present invention is a color filter containing green pixels containing a pigment containing a green pigment, it is possible to suppress fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation. The detailed reason why such an effect is obtained is unknown, but it is presumed that the blue pigment has stronger light resistance than the green pigment. That is, it is presumed that the first pixel containing the blue pigment has less variation in the spectral characteristics due to light irradiation than the second pixel. Therefore, by using the first pixel containing the blue pigment and the pigment containing the yellow pigment and the second pixel which is the green pixel containing the pigment containing the green pigment in combination, the second pixel alone is used. It is presumed that the fluctuation of the green spectral characteristics due to light irradiation could be suppressed.
　まず、本発明のカラーフィルタにおける第１の画素について説明する。第１の画素は、青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料を含む。第１の画素は緑色画素であることが好ましい。 First, the first pixel in the color filter of the present invention will be described. The first pixel comprises a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment. The first pixel is preferably a green pixel.
　第１の画素が含む青色顔料としては、フタロシアニン青色顔料、トリアリールメタン青色顔料、インダントロン青色顔料などが挙げられ、耐熱性、耐光性に優れるという理由からフタロシアニン青色顔料であることが好ましい。 Examples of the blue pigment contained in the first pixel include a phthalocyanine blue pigment, a triarylmethane blue pigment, an indantron blue pigment, and the like, and a phthalocyanine blue pigment is preferable because it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance.
　青色顔料としては、カラーインデックス（Ｃ．Ｉ．）ピグメントブルー１，２，１５，１５：１，１５：２，１５：３，１５：４，１５：６，１６，２２，２９，６０，６４，６６，７９，８０，８７（モノアゾ系），８８（メチン系）等が挙げられる。
　青色顔料は、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１５：３、Ｃ．Ｉ．スピグメントブルー１５：４、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１５：６、および、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、耐熱性、耐光性、色再現性の特性に特に優れるという理由からＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６であることが好ましい。 As blue pigments, Color Index (CI) Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15: 1,15: 2,15: 3,15: 4,15: 6,16,22,29,60,64 , 66, 79, 80, 87 (monoazo type), 88 (methine type) and the like.
The blue pigment is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 is preferred.
　第１の画素は、青色顔料を１種のみ含んでいてもよく、２種以上含んでいてもよい。 The first pixel may contain only one type of blue pigment, or may contain two or more types.
　第１の画素が含む黄色顔料としては、アゾ黄色顔料、アゾメチン黄色顔料、キノフタロン黄色顔料、イソインドリノン黄色顔料、イソインドリン黄色顔料、プテリジン黄色顔料およびアントラキノン黄色顔料等が挙げられ、アゾ黄色顔料、アゾメチン黄色顔料およびイソインドリン黄色顔料であることが好ましい。 Examples of the yellow pigment contained in the first pixel include azo yellow pigment, azomethine yellow pigment, quinophthalone yellow pigment, isoindoline yellow pigment, isoindoline yellow pigment, pteridine yellow pigment, anthraquinone yellow pigment and the like, and azo yellow pigment, Azomethine yellow pigments and isoindoline yellow pigments are preferred.
　黄色顔料の具体例としては、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１，２，３，４，５，６，１０，１１，１２，１３，１４，１５，１６，１７，１８，２０，２４，３１，３２，３４，３５，３５：１，３６，３６：１，３７，３７：１，４０，４２，４３，５３，５５，６０，６１，６２，６３，６５，７３，７４，７７，８１，８３，８６，９３，９４，９５，９７，９８，１００，１０１，１０４，１０６，１０８，１０９，１１０，１１３，１１４，１１５，１１６，１１７，１１８，１１９，１２０，１２３，１２５，１２６，１２７，１２８，１２９，１３７，１３８，１３９，１４７，１４８，１５０，１５１，１５２，１５３，１５４，１５５，１５６，１６１，１６２，１６４，１６６，１６７，１６８，１６９，１７０，１７１，１７２，１７３，１７４，１７５，１７６，１７７，１７９，１８０，１８１，１８２，１８５，１８７，１８８，１９３，１９４，１９９，２１３，２１４，２１５，２２８，２３１，２３２（メチン系），２３３（キノリン系），２３４（アミノケトン系），２３５（アミノケトン系），２３６（アミノケトン系）等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of yellow pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35: 1,36, 36: 1,37,37: 1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97, 98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139, 147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179, 180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232 (methine type), 233 (quinoline type), 234 (aminoketone type), 235 (aminoketone type) ), 236 (aminoketone type) and the like.
　また、黄色顔料としては、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体（アゾ黄色顔料）を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 Further, as the yellow pigment, an azobarbituric acid nickel complex (azo yellow pigment) having the following structure can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
　また、黄色顔料として、特開２０１３－０５４３３９号公報の段落番号００１１～００３４に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１４－０２６２２８号公報の段落番号００１３～００５８に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１８－０６２６４４号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開２０１８－２０３７９８号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１８－０６２５７８号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第６４３２０７６号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１８－１５５８８１号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１８－１１１７５７号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１８－０４０８３５号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１７－１９７６４０号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１６－１４５２８２号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１４－０８５５６５号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１４－０２１１３９号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１３－２０９６１４号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１３－２０９４３５号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１３－１８１０１５号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１３－０６１６２２号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１３－０３２４８６号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１２－２２６１１０号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２００８－０７４９８７号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２００８－０８１５６５号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２００８－０７４９８６号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２００８－０７４９８５号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２００８－０５０４２０号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２００８－０３１２８１号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特公昭４８－０３２７６５号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０１９－００８０１４号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第６６０７４２７号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開２０２０－０３３５２５号公報に記載の化合物、特開２０２０－０３３５２４号公報に記載の化合物、特開２０２０－０３３５２３号公報に記載の化合物、特開２０２０－０３３５２２号公報に記載の化合物、特開２０２０－０３３５２１号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第２０２０／０４５２００号に記載の化合物、国際公開第２０２０／０４５１９９号に記載の化合物、国際公開第２０２０／０４５１９７号に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。また、これらの化合物を多量体化したものも、色価向上の観点から好ましく用いられる。 Further, as the yellow pigment, the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP2013-054339, the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of JP2014-026228, and JP-A-2018-0626444. The isoindrin compound described in JP-A-2018-203798, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-062578, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-6432076, JP-A-2018-155881 The quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-11757, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-040835, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2017-197640, JP-A-2016 The quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-145282, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2014-0855565, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2014-0211139, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2013-209614, and the present invention. The quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-209435, the quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-181015, the quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-061622, and the quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-032486. , A quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2012-226110, a quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-074987, a quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-081565, and a quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-074986. Kinophthalone compound, quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-074985, quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-054202, quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-031281, JP-A-48-032765. The quinophthalone compound described, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2019-008014, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-6607427, the compound described in JP-A-2020-033525, and the compound described in JP-A-2020-033524. , The compound described in JP-A-2020-033523, the compound described in JP-A-2020-033522, the compound described in JP-A-2020-033521, International Publication No. 2 The compound described in 020/045200, the compound described in International Publication No. 2020/045199, and the compound described in International Publication No. 2020/045197 can also be used. Further, a multimerized version of these compounds is also preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the color value.
　黄色顔料としては、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１２９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１３８、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１３９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１５０、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１８５およびＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー２１５から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１２９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１３９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１５０およびＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１８５から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることがより好ましい。 As a yellow pigment, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. I. More preferably, it is at least one selected from Pigment Yellow 185.
　第１の画素は、黄色顔料を１種のみ含んでいてもよいが、色再現性を調整しやすいという理由から２種以上含むことが好ましく、３種以上含むことがより好ましい。 The first pixel may contain only one kind of yellow pigment, but it is preferable to contain two or more kinds, and more preferably three or more kinds, because it is easy to adjust the color reproducibility.
　第１の画素は、青色顔料１００質量部に対して黄色顔料を５０～２００質量部含むことが好ましく、６０～１５０質量部含むことがより好ましく、７０～１３０質量部含むことが更に好ましい。 The first pixel preferably contains 50 to 200 parts by mass of the yellow pigment, more preferably 60 to 150 parts by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 130 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue pigment.
　第１の画素に含まれる顔料中における青色顔料の含有量は１０～７５質量％であることが好ましく、３０～６５質量％であることがより好ましく、４０～６０質量％であることが更に好ましい。
　また、第１の画素に含まれる顔料中におけるＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６の含有量は１０質量％以上であることが好ましく、３０質量％以上であることがより好ましく、４０質量％以上であることが更に好ましく、５０質量％以上であることがより一層好ましい。上限は、６５質量％以下であることがより好ましく、６０質量％以下であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、耐光性と色再現性を高い水準で両立することができる。
　また、第１の画素に含まれる顔料中における黄色顔料の含有量は５～７０質量％であることが好ましく、１０～６０質量％であることがより好ましく、２０～５０質量％であることが更に好ましい。
　また、第１の画素に含まれる顔料中における青色顔料と黄色顔料の合計の含有量は５０～１００質量％であることが好ましく、６０～１００質量％であることがより好ましく、７５～１００質量％であることが更に好ましく、９０～１００質量％であることが特に好ましい。第１の画素に含まれる顔料は、耐光性および分光特性の観点から青色顔料と黄色顔料のみであることが特に好ましい。 The content of the blue pigment in the pigment contained in the first pixel is preferably 10 to 75% by mass, more preferably 30 to 65% by mass, still more preferably 40 to 60% by mass. ..
Further, C.I. in the pigment contained in the first pixel. I. The content of Pigment Blue 16 is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more. .. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or less. According to this aspect, both light resistance and color reproducibility can be achieved at a high level.
Further, the content of the yellow pigment in the pigment contained in the first pixel is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 20 to 50% by mass. More preferred.
The total content of the blue pigment and the yellow pigment in the pigment contained in the first pixel is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 60 to 100% by mass, and 75 to 100% by mass. It is more preferably%, and particularly preferably 90 to 100% by mass. It is particularly preferable that the pigment contained in the first pixel is only a blue pigment and a yellow pigment from the viewpoint of light resistance and spectral characteristics.
　第１の画素は、顔料の含有量が４０質量％以上であることが好ましく、５０質量％以上であることがより好ましく、５５質量％以上であることが更に好ましい。また、青色顔料の含有量が５～５０質量％であることが好ましく、１０～４５質量％であることがより好ましく、１５～４０質量％であることが更に好ましい。また、黄色顔料の含有量が５～５０質量％であることが好ましく、１０～４５質量％であることがより好ましく、１５～４０質量％であることが更に好ましい。 The pigment content of the first pixel is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and further preferably 55% by mass or more. Further, the content of the blue pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, and further preferably 15 to 40% by mass. Further, the content of the yellow pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, and further preferably 15 to 40% by mass.
　波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲の透過スペクトルについて、第１の画素については、波長４５０～６００ｎｍの範囲に透過率の最大値を示す波長（以下、波長λ１ともいう）が存在することが好ましい。上記の波長λ１は、波長４６０～５５０ｎｍの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長４７０～５３０ｎｍの範囲に存在することがより好ましい。また、第１の画素については、波長λ１での透過率は６０％以上であることが好ましく、７０％以上であることがより好ましく、８０％以上であることが更に好ましい。
　また、波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲の透過スペクトルについて、第１の画素については、波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲に透過率が５０％を示す波長が２つ存在することが好ましい。透過率５０％を示す短波長側の波長（以下、波長λＳ１１ともいう）は、波長４５０～５００ｎｍの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長４６０～４９０ｎｍの範囲に存在することがより好ましい。透過率５０％を示す長波長側の波長（以下、波長λＬ１１ともいう）は、波長５２５～５７５ｎｍの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長５３０～５６０ｎｍの範囲に存在することがより好ましい。
　また、波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲の透過スペクトルについて、第１の画素の波長４００～４５０ｎｍでの透過率の最大値は、２０％以下であることが好ましく、１５％以下であることがより好ましく、１０％以下であることが更に好ましい。また、第１の画素の波長６００～７００ｎｍでの透過率の最大値は、２０％以下であることが好ましく、１５％以下であることがより好ましく、１０％以下であることが更に好ましい。また、第２の画素が透過率５０％を示す長波長側の波長（波長λＬ２１）での第１の画素が示す透過率は、２０％以下であることが好ましく、１５％以下であることがより好ましく、１０％以下であることが更に好ましい。 Regarding the transmission spectrum in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, it is preferable that the first pixel has a wavelength (hereinafter, also referred to as wavelength λ 1 ) showing the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm. The wavelength λ 1 is preferably in the wavelength range of 460 to 550 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 470 to 530 nm. Further, for the first pixel, the transmittance at the wavelength λ 1 is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more, still more preferably 80% or more.
Further, regarding the transmission spectrum in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, it is preferable that the first pixel has two wavelengths having a transmittance of 50% in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. The wavelength on the short wavelength side exhibiting a transmittance of 50% (hereinafter, also referred to as wavelength λ S11 ) is preferably present in the wavelength range of 450 to 500 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 460 to 490 nm. The wavelength on the long wavelength side exhibiting a transmittance of 50% (hereinafter, also referred to as wavelength λ L11 ) is preferably present in the wavelength range of 525 to 575 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 530 to 560 nm.
Further, with respect to the transmittance spectrum in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, the maximum value of the transmittance of the first pixel at the wavelength of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less. It is more preferably 10% or less. Further, the maximum value of the transmittance of the first pixel at a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, still more preferably 10% or less. Further, the transmittance indicated by the first pixel at the wavelength on the long wavelength side (wavelength λ L21 ) at which the second pixel exhibits a transmittance of 50% is preferably 20% or less, preferably 15% or less. Is more preferable, and 10% or less is further preferable.
　第１の画素の膜厚は２０μｍ以下であることが好ましく、１０μｍ以下であることがより好ましく、５μｍ以下であることがさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、０．１μｍ以上であることが好ましく、０．２μｍ以上であることがより好ましく、０．３μｍ以上であることがさらに好ましい。 The film thickness of the first pixel is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and further preferably 0.3 μm or more.
　第１の画素の線幅は、０．４～１０．０μｍであることが好ましい。下限は、０．４μｍ以上であることが好ましく、０．５μｍ以上であることがより好ましく、０．６μｍ以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、５．０μｍ以下であることが好ましく、２．０μｍ以下であることがより好ましく、１．０μｍ以下であることが更に好ましく、０．８μｍ以下であることがより一層好ましい。 The line width of the first pixel is preferably 0.4 to 10.0 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and further preferably 0.6 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 5.0 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, further preferably 1.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.8 μm or less.
　次に、本発明のカラーフィルタにおける第２の画素について説明する。第２の画素は、緑色顔料を含む緑色画素である。 Next, the second pixel in the color filter of the present invention will be described. The second pixel is a green pixel containing a green pigment.
　第２の画素が含む緑色顔料としては、フタロシアニン緑色顔料、スクアリリウム緑色顔料などが挙げられる。フタロシアニン緑色顔料を用いた緑色画素は、緑色の色再現性が特に優れているものの、耐光性が低い傾向にあり、光照射によって分光特性が変動しやすい傾向にあるが、本発明によれば、フタロシアニン緑色顔料を用いた場合であっても、上述した第１の画素と併用することにより、光照射による緑色の分光特性の変動を抑制することができる。このため、緑色画素にフタロシアニン緑色顔料を用いた場合において本発明の効果がより顕著に奏される。 Examples of the green pigment contained in the second pixel include phthalocyanine green pigment and squarylium green pigment. A green pixel using a phthalocyanine green pigment has particularly excellent green color reproducibility, but tends to have low light resistance, and its spectral characteristics tend to fluctuate due to light irradiation. Even when a phthalocyanine green pigment is used, it is possible to suppress fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation by using it in combination with the above-mentioned first pixel. Therefore, the effect of the present invention is more remarkably exhibited when the phthalocyanine green pigment is used for the green pixel.
　フタロシアニン緑色顔料としては、色再現性の観点からハロゲン化フタロシアニン緑色顔料であることが好ましい。また、フタロシアニン緑色顔料としては、中心金属として有するフタロシアニン緑色顔料であることが好ましく、Ｃｕ、Ａｌ、Ｃｏ、Ｎｉ、ＴｉまたはＺｎを中心金属として有するフタロシアニン緑色顔料であることがより好ましく、Ｃｕ、ＺｎまたはＡｌを中心金属として有するフタロシアニン緑色顔料であることが更に好ましく、ＣｕまたはＺｎを中心金属として有するフタロシアニン緑色顔料であることがより一層好ましく、Ｃｕを中心金属として有するフタロシアニン緑色顔料であることが特に好ましい。上記中心金属にはさらに配位子が配位していてもよい。 The phthalocyanine green pigment is preferably a halogenated phthalocyanine green pigment from the viewpoint of color reproducibility. The phthalocyanine green pigment is preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment having a central metal, more preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment having Cu, Al, Co, Ni, Ti or Zn as a central metal, and Cu, Zn. Alternatively, it is more preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment having Al as a central metal, further preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment having Cu or Zn as a central metal, and particularly preferably a phthalocyanine green pigment having Cu as a central metal. preferable. A ligand may be further coordinated to the central metal.
　Ｃｕを中心金属として有するハロゲン化フタロシアニン緑色顔料（以下、ハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン緑色顔料ともいう）の具体例としては、カラーインデックス（Ｃ．Ｉ．）ピグメントグリーン７、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン３６などが挙げられる。また、ハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン緑色顔料としては、１分子中の臭素原子の平均個数が１１～１５個で、塩素原子の平均個数が１～４個であるハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン緑色顔料も挙げられる。このようなハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン緑色顔料の具体例としては、特開２００９－１９７０７５号公報に記載されたフタロシアニン顔料などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the halogenated phthalocyanine green pigment having Cu as a central metal (hereinafter, also referred to as halogenated copper phthalocyanine green pigment) include Color Index (CI) Pigment Green 7, C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 and the like. Examples of the halogenated copper phthalocyanine green pigment include halogenated copper phthalocyanine green pigments in which the average number of bromine atoms in one molecule is 11 to 15 and the average number of chlorine atoms is 1 to 4. Specific examples of such a halogenated copper phthalocyanine green pigment include the phthalocyanine pigment described in JP-A-2009-97075.
　Ｚｎを中心金属として有するハロゲン化フタロシアニン緑色顔料（以下、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン緑色顔料ともいう）の具体例としては、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン５８、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン５９などが挙げられる。また、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン緑色顔料としては、１分子中のハロゲン原子の平均個数が１０～１４個であり、かつ、臭素原子の平均個数が８～１２個で、塩素原子の平均個数が２～５個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料も挙げられる。具体例としては、国際公開第２０１５／１１８７２０号に記載されたフタロシアニン顔料が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the halogenated phthalocyanine green pigment having Zn as a central metal (hereinafter, also referred to as a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine green pigment) include C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 and the like. Further, as the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine green pigment, the average number of halogen atoms in one molecule is 10 to 14, the average number of bromine atoms is 8 to 12, and the average number of chlorine atoms is 2 to 2. Also mentioned are five halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments. Specific examples include the phthalocyanine pigment described in International Publication No. 2015/118720.
　Ａｌを中心金属として有するフタロシアニン緑色顔料（以下、アルミニウムフタロシアニン緑色顔料ともいう）の具体例としては、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン６２（非ハロゲン化アルミニウムフタロシアニン緑色顔料）、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン６３（ハロゲン化アルミニウムフタロシアニン緑色顔料）などが挙げられる。また、特開２０１８－１４１８９４号公報の段落番号０１０８、０１０９に記載されたフタロシアニン顔料も挙げられる。 Specific examples of the phthalocyanine green pigment having Al as a central metal (hereinafter, also referred to as aluminum phthalocyanine green pigment) include C.I. I. Pigment Green 62 (non-halogenated aluminum phthalocyanine green pigment), C.I. I. Pigment Green 63 (halogenated aluminum phthalocyanine green pigment) and the like. Further, the phthalocyanine pigment described in paragraphs 0108 and 0109 of JP-A-2018-141894 can also be mentioned.
　緑色顔料は、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン７、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン３６、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン５８、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン５９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン６２、および、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン６３から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、良好な耐光特性を有するという理由からＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン７およびＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン３６から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン７であることが更に好ましい。 The green pigment is C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. I. Pigment Green 36, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, C.I. I. Pigment Green 59, C.I. I. Pigment Green 62 and C.I. I. Pigment Green 63 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 and C.I. I. It is preferably at least one selected from Pigment Green 36, and C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 is even more preferred.
　第２の画素は、緑色顔料を１種のみ含んでいてもよく、２種以上含んでいてもよい。 The second pixel may contain only one kind of green pigment, or may contain two or more kinds of green pigments.
　第２の画素は更に黄色顔料を含むことが好ましい。この態様によれば、緑色の色再現性が特に優れた画素とすることができる。黄色顔料としては、第１の画素が含むものとして説明した黄色顔料が挙げられる。第２の画素が含む黄色顔料は、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１２９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１３８、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１３９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１５０、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１８５およびＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー２１５から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１２９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１３９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１５０およびＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１８５から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることがより好ましい。 It is preferable that the second pixel further contains a yellow pigment. According to this aspect, it is possible to obtain a pixel having particularly excellent green color reproducibility. Examples of the yellow pigment include the yellow pigment described as included in the first pixel. The yellow pigment contained in the second pixel is C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. I. More preferably, it is at least one selected from Pigment Yellow 185.
　第２の画素は、黄色顔料を１種のみ含んでいてもよく、２種以上含んでいてもよい。 The second pixel may contain only one kind of yellow pigment, or may contain two or more kinds of yellow pigments.
　第２の画素は、更に青色顔料を含むことも好ましい。すなわち、第２の画素は緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料とを含むことも好ましい。青色顔料としては、第１の画素が含むものとして説明した青色顔料が挙げられる。第２の画素が含む青色顔料は、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１５：３、Ｃ．Ｉ．スピグメントブルー１５：４、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１５：６、および、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、ピグメントブルー１５：４であることがより好ましい。 It is also preferable that the second pixel further contains a blue pigment. That is, it is also preferable that the second pixel contains a green pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment. Examples of the blue pigment include the blue pigment described as being included in the first pixel. The blue pigment contained in the second pixel is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, and C.I. I. It is preferably at least one selected from Pigment Blue 16, and more preferably Pigment Blue 15: 4.
　第２の画素に含まれる顔料中における緑色顔料の含有量は５～７５質量％であることが好ましく、１０～５０質量％であることがより好ましく、２０～４５質量％であることが更に好ましい。
　また、第２の画素に含まれる顔料が黄色顔料を含有する場合、顔料中における黄色顔料の含有量は５～７５質量％であることが好ましく、１０～５０質量％であることがより好ましく、２０～４０質量％であることが更に好ましい。また、黄色顔料の含有量は、緑色顔料１００質量部に対して１０～２００質量部であることが好ましく、２５～１６０質量部であることがより好ましい。
　また、第２の画素に含まれる顔料が青色顔料を含有する場合、顔料中における青色顔料の含有量は５～５０質量％であることが好ましく、１０～４５質量％であることがより好ましく、２０～４０質量％であることが更に好ましい。また、青色顔料の含有量は、緑色顔料１００質量部に対して５０～２００質量部であることが好ましく、８０～１３０質量部であることがより好ましい。
　また、第２の画素に含まれる顔料中における緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料との合計の含有量は５０～１００質量％であることが好ましく、５５～１００質量％であることがより好ましく、６０～１００質量％であることが更に好ましい。第２の画素に含まれる顔料は、緑色顔料と黄色顔料のみであるか、あるいは、緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料のみであることが好ましく、分光特性の観点から緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料のみであることが特に好ましい。 The content of the green pigment in the pigment contained in the second pixel is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, still more preferably 20 to 45% by mass. ..
When the pigment contained in the second pixel contains a yellow pigment, the content of the yellow pigment in the pigment is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass. It is more preferably 20 to 40% by mass. The content of the yellow pigment is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 25 to 160 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the green pigment.
When the pigment contained in the second pixel contains a blue pigment, the content of the blue pigment in the pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass. It is more preferably 20 to 40% by mass. The content of the blue pigment is preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 80 to 130 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the green pigment.
Further, the total content of the green pigment, the yellow pigment and the blue pigment in the pigment contained in the second pixel is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 55 to 100% by mass. It is more preferably 60 to 100% by mass. The pigments contained in the second pixel are preferably only green pigments and yellow pigments, or preferably only green pigments, yellow pigments and blue pigments, and from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, green pigments, yellow pigments and blue pigments. It is particularly preferable that it is only.
　第２の画素は、顔料の含有量が４０質量％以上であることが好ましく、５０質量％以上であることがより好ましく、６０質量％以上であることが更に好ましい。また、緑色顔料の含有量が１０～５０質量％であることが好ましく、１５～４５質量％であることがより好ましく、２０～４０質量％であることが更に好ましい。また、黄色顔料の含有量が１０～６０質量％であることが好ましく、２０～５５質量％であることがより好ましく、３５～５０質量％であることが更に好ましい。また、青色顔料の含有量が５～４０質量％であることが好ましく、１０～３５質量％であることがより好ましく１５～３０質量％であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the pigment in the second pixel is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and further preferably 60% by mass or more. The content of the green pigment is preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 15 to 45% by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 40% by mass. The content of the yellow pigment is preferably 10 to 60% by mass, more preferably 20 to 55% by mass, and even more preferably 35 to 50% by mass. Further, the content of the blue pigment is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 35% by mass, and further preferably 15 to 30% by mass.
　波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲の透過スペクトルについて、第２の画素については、波長４５０～６００ｎｍの範囲であって、上記波長λ１よりも長波長側に透過率の最大値を示す波長（以下、波長λ２ともいう）が存在することが好ましい。上記の波長λ２は、波長４９０～５８０ｎｍの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長５００～５６０ｎｍの範囲に存在することがより好ましい。また、第２の画素について、波長λ２での透過率は６０％以上であることが好ましく、７０％以上であることがより好ましく、８０％以上であることが更に好ましい。 Regarding the transmission spectrum in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, for the second pixel, the wavelength in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm and showing the maximum value of the transmittance on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength λ 1 (hereinafter, wavelength). It is preferable that λ 2 ) is present. The wavelength λ 2 is preferably in the wavelength range of 490 to 580 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 500 to 560 nm. Further, for the second pixel, the transmittance at the wavelength λ 2 is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more, still more preferably 80% or more.
　また、上記波長λ２と上記波長λ１との差（λ２－λ１）は５～７５ｎｍであることが好ましく、７～５０ｎｍであることがより好ましく、１０～４０ｎｍであることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、緑色の再現性が特に優れ、更には、光照射による緑色の分光特性の変動がより抑制された耐光性に優れたカラーフィルタとすることができる。 The difference (λ 2 -λ 1 ) between the wavelength λ 2 and the wavelength λ 1 is preferably 5 to 75 nm, more preferably 7 to 50 nm, and even more preferably 10 to 40 nm. .. According to this aspect, it is possible to obtain a color filter having particularly excellent green reproducibility and further excellent light resistance in which fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation are further suppressed.
　また、波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲の透過スペクトルについて、第２の画素については、波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲に透過率が５０％を示す波長が２つ存在することが好ましい。透過率５０％を示す短波長側の波長（以下、波長λＳ２１ともいう）は、波長４７０～５３０ｎｍの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長４８０～５１０ｎｍの範囲に存在することがより好ましい。透過率５０％を示す長波長側の波長（以下、波長λＬ２１ともいう）は、波長５６０～６２０ｎｍの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長５７０～６００ｎｍの範囲に存在することがより好ましい。 Further, regarding the transmission spectrum in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, it is preferable that the second pixel has two wavelengths having a transmittance of 50% in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. The wavelength on the short wavelength side exhibiting a transmittance of 50% (hereinafter, also referred to as wavelength λ S21 ) is preferably present in the wavelength range of 470 to 530 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 480 to 510 nm. The wavelength on the long wavelength side exhibiting a transmittance of 50% (hereinafter, also referred to as wavelength λ L21 ) is preferably present in the wavelength range of 560 to 620 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 570 to 600 nm.
　また、波長λＬ２１は、波長λＬ１１よりも長波長側に存在することが好ましい。また、波長λＬ２１と波長λＬ２１との差（λＬ２１－λＬ２１）は１０～８０ｎｍであることが好ましく、２０～７０ｎｍであることがより好ましく、３０～６０ｎｍであることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、緑色の再現性が特に優れ、更には、光照射による緑色の分光特性の変動がより抑制された耐光性に優れたカラーフィルタとすることができる。 Further, it is preferable that the wavelength λ L21 exists on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength λ L11 . The difference between the wavelength λ L21 and the wavelength λ L21 (λ L21 −λ L21 ) is preferably 10 to 80 nm, more preferably 20 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 30 to 60 nm. According to this aspect, it is possible to obtain a color filter having particularly excellent green reproducibility and further excellent light resistance in which fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of green due to light irradiation are further suppressed.
　また、波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲の透過スペクトルについて、第２の画素が示す波長４００～４５０ｎｍでの透過率の最大値は、２０％以下であることが好ましく、１５％以下であることがより好ましく、１０％以下であることが更に好ましい。また、第２の画素が示す波長６００～７００ｎｍでの透過率の最大値は、２０％以下であることが好ましく、１５％以下であることがより好ましく、１０％以下であることが更に好ましい。また、第１の画素が５０％の透過率を示す長波長側の波長（波長λＬ１１）での第２の画素の透過率は、５０％以上であることが好ましく、６０～９５％であることがより好ましく、７５～９０％であることが更に好ましい。 Further, with respect to the transmittance spectrum in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, the maximum value of the transmittance at the wavelength of 400 to 450 nm indicated by the second pixel is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less. It is more preferably 10% or less. Further, the maximum value of the transmittance of the second pixel at a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, still more preferably 10% or less. Further, the transmittance of the second pixel at the wavelength on the long wavelength side (wavelength λ L11 ) at which the first pixel exhibits a transmittance of 50% is preferably 50% or more, preferably 60 to 95%. More preferably, it is more preferably 75 to 90%.
　第２の画素の膜厚は２０μｍ以下であることが好ましく、１０μｍ以下であることがより好ましく、５μｍ以下であることがさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、０．１μｍ以上であることが好ましく、０．２μｍ以上であることがより好ましく、０．３μｍ以上であることがさらに好ましい。 The film thickness of the second pixel is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and further preferably 0.3 μm or more.
　第２の画素の線幅は、０．４～１０．０μｍであることが好ましい。下限は、０．４μｍ以上であることが好ましく、０．５μｍ以上であることがより好ましく、０．６μｍ以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、５．０μｍ以下であることが好ましく、２．０μｍ以下であることがより好ましく、１．０μｍ以下であることが更に好ましく、０．８μｍ以下であることがより一層好ましい。 The line width of the second pixel is preferably 0.4 to 10.0 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and further preferably 0.6 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 5.0 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, further preferably 1.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.8 μm or less.
　カラーフィルタに占める第２の画素の面積は、第１の画素と同じであってもよく、第１の画素よりも大きくてもよく、第１の画素よりも小さくてもよい。 The area of the second pixel in the color filter may be the same as that of the first pixel, may be larger than that of the first pixel, or may be smaller than that of the first pixel.
　本発明のカラーフィルタは、更に、第１の画素および第２の画素とは異なる種類の画素（以下、他の画素ともいう）を含んでいてもよい。他の画素としては、赤色画素、青色画素、黄色画素、シアン色画素、マゼンタ色画素、透明画素、赤外線透過フィルタの画素などが挙げられる。これらの他の画素の種類については、用途に応じて適宜選択することができる。 The color filter of the present invention may further include a first pixel and a pixel of a type different from that of the second pixel (hereinafter, also referred to as another pixel). Examples of other pixels include red pixels, blue pixels, yellow pixels, cyan pixels, magenta pixels, transparent pixels, and pixels of an infrared transmission filter. The types of these other pixels can be appropriately selected depending on the intended use.
　本発明のカラーフィルタにおいては、各画素の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光（紫外線、近赤外線等）の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、０．０１～１０μｍが好ましく、０．１～５μｍがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、保護層形成用の樹脂組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、（メタ）アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Ｓｉ、Ｃ、Ｗ、Ａｌ２Ｏ３、Ｍｏ、ＳｉＯ２、Ｓｉ２Ｎ４などが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、ＳｉＯ２と、Ｓｉ２Ｎ４を含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は（メタ）アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 In the color filter of the present invention, a protective layer may be provided on the surface of each pixel. By providing the protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, prohydrophobicization, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition for forming a protective layer to form the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide. Resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples thereof include resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained. For example, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of blocking oxygen, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 . Further, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of reducing reflection, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a (meth) acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
　保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機微粒子、特定波長の光（例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等）の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機・無機微粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子微粒子（例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子）、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対して０．１～７０質量％が好ましく、１～６０質量％がさらに好ましい。 The protective layer may be an additive such as organic / inorganic fine particles, an absorber for light of a specific wavelength (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), a refractive index adjusting agent, an antioxidant, an adhesive, and a surfactant, if necessary. May be contained. Examples of organic / inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (for example, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , Magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like. A known absorber can be used as the absorber of light having a specific wavelength. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
　また、保護層としては、特開２０１７－１５１１７６号公報の段落番号００７３～００９２に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 Further, as the protective layer, the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
　本発明のカラーフィルタの各画素は支持体上に形成されていることが好ましい。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子（ＣＣＤ）、相補型金属酸化膜半導体（ＣＭＯＳ）、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に２０～７０°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に３０～８０°であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that each pixel of the color filter of the present invention is formed on a support. The support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. Examples thereof include a glass substrate and a silicon substrate, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70 ° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80 ° when measured with water.
　本発明のカラーフィルタは、各画素間に隔壁が設けられていてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各画素に対して低屈折率であることが好ましい。 The color filter of the present invention may be provided with a partition wall between each pixel. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a low refractive index for each pixel.
＜固体撮像素子＞
　次に、固体撮像素子について説明する。本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明のカラーフィルタを有する。固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明のカラーフィルタを備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。 <Solid image sensor>
Next, the solid-state image sensor will be described. The solid-state image sensor of the present invention has the color filter of the present invention described above. The configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it includes the color filter of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
　基板上に、固体撮像素子（ＣＣＤ（電荷結合素子）イメージセンサ、ＣＭＯＳ（相補型金属酸化膜半導体）イメージセンサ等）の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下（基板に近い側）に集光手段（例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ）を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、特開２０１９－２１１５５９号公報の中で示しているように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本発明の固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器（携帯電話等）の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。 On the substrate, there are a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state image pickup device (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like. A device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the photodiode and the transfer electrode so as to have a light-shielding film in which only the light-receiving part of the photodiode is open, and to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the light-receiving part of the photodiode on the light-shielding film. And has a color filter on the device protective film. Further, a configuration having a condensing means (for example, a microlens or the like; the same applies hereinafter) on the device protective film under the color filter (near the substrate), a configuration having a condensing means on the color filter, and the like. There may be. Further, as shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-21159, an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state image sensor to improve the light resistance. The image pickup device provided with the solid-state image pickup device of the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an image pickup function (mobile phones and the like), but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
＜画像表示装置＞
　本発明のカラーフィルタは画像表示装置に用いることもできる。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス（佐々木昭夫著、（株）工業調査会、１９９０年発行）」、「ディスプレイデバイス（伊吹順章著、産業図書（株）平成元年発行）」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術（内田龍男編集、（株）工業調査会、１９９４年発行）」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。 <Image display device>
The color filter of the present invention can also be used in an image display device. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device. For details on the definition of image display devices and the details of each image display device, see, for example, "Electronic Display Devices (Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1990)", "Display Devices (Junaki Ibuki, Industrial Books). Co., Ltd. (issued in 1989) ”. Further, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".
＜着色組成物＞
　本明細書は、青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料と、硬化性化合物とを含む着色組成物につて開示する。この着色組成物は、上述した第１の画素形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いることができる。 <Coloring composition>
The present specification discloses a coloring composition containing a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment, and a curable compound. This coloring composition can be preferably used as the coloring composition for forming the first pixel described above.
＜＜顔料＞＞
　着色組成物は、青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料を含む。青色顔料としては、フタロシアニン青色顔料、トリアリールメタン青色顔料、インダントロン青色顔料などが挙げられ、耐熱性、耐光性に優れるという理由からフタロシアニン青色顔料であることが好ましい。 << Pigment >>
The coloring composition comprises a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment. Examples of the blue pigment include a phthalocyanine blue pigment, a triarylmethane blue pigment, an indantron blue pigment, and the like, and a phthalocyanine blue pigment is preferable because it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance.
　青色顔料の具体例としては、上述した第１の画素に含まれるものとして説明した青色顔料が挙げられ、カラーインデックス（Ｃ．Ｉ．）ピグメントブルー１５：３、Ｃ．Ｉ．スピグメントブルー１５：４、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１５：６、および、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、耐熱性、耐光性、色再現性の特性に特に優れるという理由からＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６であることが好ましい。 Specific examples of the blue pigment include the blue pigment described as being contained in the first pixel described above, and the color index (CI) pigment blue 15: 3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 is preferred.
　着色組成物は、青色顔料を１種のみ含んでいてもよく、２種以上含んでいてもよい。 The coloring composition may contain only one type of blue pigment, or may contain two or more types.
　着色組成物が含む黄色顔料としては、アゾ黄色顔料、アゾメチン黄色顔料、キノフタロン黄色顔料、イソインドリノン黄色顔料、イソインドリン黄色顔料、プテリジン黄色顔料およびアントラキノン黄色顔料等が挙げられ、アゾ黄色顔料、アゾメチン黄色顔料およびイソインドリン黄色顔料であることが好ましい。 Examples of the yellow pigment contained in the coloring composition include azo yellow pigment, azomethin yellow pigment, quinophthalone yellow pigment, isoindolinone yellow pigment, isoindrin yellow pigment, pteridine yellow pigment, anthraquinone yellow pigment and the like, and azo yellow pigment and azomethin. It is preferably a yellow pigment and an isoindrin yellow pigment.
　黄色顔料の具体例としては、上述した第１の画素に含まれるものとして説明した黄色顔料が挙げられ、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１２９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１３８、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１３９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１５０、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１８５およびＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー２１５から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１２９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１３９、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１５０およびＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１８５から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることがより好ましい。 Specific examples of the yellow pigment include the yellow pigment described as being contained in the first pixel described above, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215 is preferably at least one selected from C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. I. More preferably, it is at least one selected from Pigment Yellow 185.
　着色組成物は、黄色顔料を１種のみ含んでいてもよいが、色再現性を調整しやすいという理由から２種以上含むことが好ましく、３種以上含むことがより好ましい。 The coloring composition may contain only one kind of yellow pigment, but it is preferable to contain two or more kinds, and more preferably three or more kinds, because it is easy to adjust the color reproducibility.
　着色組成物は、青色顔料１００質量部に対して黄色顔料を５０～２００質量部含むことが好ましく、６０～１５０質量部含むことがより好ましく、７０～１３０質量部含むことが更に好ましい。 The coloring composition preferably contains 50 to 200 parts by mass of the yellow pigment, more preferably 60 to 150 parts by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 130 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue pigment.
　着色組成物に含まれる顔料中における青色顔料の含有量は１０～７５質量％であることが好ましく、３０～６５質量％であることがより好ましく、４０～６０質量％であることが更に好ましい。
　また、着色組成物に含まれる顔料中におけるＣ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６の含有量は１０質量％以上であることが好ましく、３０質量％以上であることがより好ましく、４０質量％以上であることが更に好ましく、５０質量％以上であることがより一層好ましい。上限は、６５質量％以下であることがより好ましく、６０質量％以下であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、耐光性と色再現性を高い水準で両立することができる。
　また、着色組成物に含まれる顔料中における黄色顔料の含有量は５～７０質量％であることが好ましく、１０～６０質量％であることがより好ましく、２０～５０質量％であることが更に好ましい。
　また、着色組成物に含まれる顔料中における青色顔料と黄色顔料の合計の含有量は５０～１００質量％であることが好ましく、６０～１００質量％であることがより好ましく、７５～１００質量％であることが更に好ましく、９０～１００質量％であることが特に好ましい。着色組成物に含まれる顔料は、耐光性および分光特性の観点から青色顔料と黄色顔料のみであることが特に好ましい。 The content of the blue pigment in the pigment contained in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 75% by mass, more preferably 30 to 65% by mass, and even more preferably 40 to 60% by mass.
Further, C.I. in the pigment contained in the coloring composition. I. The content of Pigment Blue 16 is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more. .. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or less. According to this aspect, both light resistance and color reproducibility can be achieved at a high level.
The content of the yellow pigment in the pigment contained in the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass, and further preferably 20 to 50% by mass. preferable.
The total content of the blue pigment and the yellow pigment in the pigment contained in the coloring composition is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 60 to 100% by mass, and 75 to 100% by mass. Is more preferable, and 90 to 100% by mass is particularly preferable. It is particularly preferable that the pigment contained in the coloring composition is only a blue pigment and a yellow pigment from the viewpoint of light resistance and spectral characteristics.
　着色組成物は、顔料の含有量が４０質量％以上であることが好ましく、５０質量％以上であることがより好ましく、５５質量％以上であることが更に好ましい。また、青色顔料の含有量が５～５０質量％であることが好ましく、１０～４５質量％であることがより好ましく、１５～４０質量％であることが更に好ましい。また、黄色顔料の含有量が５～５０質量％であることが好ましく、１０～４５質量％であることがより好ましく、１５～４０質量％であることが更に好ましい。 The coloring composition preferably has a pigment content of 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and further preferably 55% by mass or more. Further, the content of the blue pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, and further preferably 15 to 40% by mass. The content of the yellow pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, and even more preferably 15 to 40% by mass.
＜＜硬化性化合物＞＞
　着色組成物は硬化性化合物を含有する。硬化性化合物としては、重合性化合物、樹脂等が挙げられる。樹脂は、非重合性の樹脂（重合性基を有さない樹脂）であってもよく、重合性の樹脂（重合性基を有する樹脂）であってもよい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基、アルコキシメチル基などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、ビニルフェニル基、（メタ）アリル基、（メタ）アクリロイル基、（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基、（メタ）アクリロイルアミド基などが挙げられ、（メタ）アリル基、（メタ）アクリロイル基および（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましく、（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基がより好ましい。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられ、エポキシ基が好ましい。重合性化合物は重合性モノマーであることが好ましい。 << Curable compound >>
The coloring composition contains a curable compound. Examples of the curable compound include polymerizable compounds and resins. The resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (a resin having no polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (a resin having a polymerizable group). Examples of the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group and the like. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a (meth) acryloyloxy group, a (meth) acryloylamide group, and the like (meth). Allyl groups, (meth) acryloyl groups and (meth) acryloyloxy groups are preferred, and (meth) acryloyloxy groups are more preferred. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, and an epoxy group is preferable. The polymerizable compound is preferably a polymerizable monomer.
　硬化性化合物としては、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。また、着色組成物をフォトリソグラフィ用の着色組成物とする場合には、硬化性化合物として樹脂と、重合性モノマー（モノマータイプの重合性化合物）とを用いることが好ましく、樹脂と、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する重合性モノマー（モノマータイプの重合性化合物）とを用いることがより好ましい。 As the curable compound, it is preferable to use a compound containing at least a resin. When the coloring composition is used as a coloring composition for photolithography, it is preferable to use a resin and a polymerizable monomer (monomer type polymerizable compound) as the curable compound, and the resin and ethylenia are not present. It is more preferable to use a polymerizable monomer (monomer type polymerizable compound) having a saturated bond-containing group.
（重合性化合物）
　重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物、環状エーテル基を有する化合物、メチロール基を有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物はラジカル重合性化合物として好ましく用いることができる。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物、メチロール基を有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物は、カチオン重合性化合物として好ましく用いることができる。 (Polymerizable compound)
Examples of the polymerizable compound include a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, and a compound having an alkoxymethyl group. A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound. Further, a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, and a compound having an alkoxymethyl group can be preferably used as the cationically polymerizable compound.
　モノマータイプの重合性化合物（重合性モノマー）の分子量は、２０００未満であることが好ましく、１５００以下であることがより好ましい。重合性モノマーの分子量の下限は１００以上であることが好ましく、２００以上であることがより好ましい。樹脂タイプの重合性化合物の重量平均分子量（Ｍｗ）は、２０００～２００００００であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、１００００００以下であることが好ましく、５０００００以下であることがより好ましい。重量平均分子量の下限は、３０００以上であることが好ましく、５０００以上であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the monomer-type polymerizable compound (polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2000, more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 200 or more. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2000 to 2000000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 5000 or more.
　重合性モノマーとしてのエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、３～１５官能の（メタ）アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、３～６官能の（メタ）アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。具体例としては、特開２００９－２８８７０５号公報の段落番号００９５～０１０８、特開２０１３－０２９７６０号公報の段落０２２７、特開２００８－２９２９７０号公報の段落番号０２５４～０２５７、特開２０１３－２５３２２４号公報の段落番号００３４～００３８、特開２０１２－２０８４９４号公報の段落番号０４７７、特開２０１７－０４８３６７号公報、特許第６０５７８９１号公報、特許第６０３１８０７号公報、特開２０１７－１９４６６２号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth) acrylate compound. Specific examples thereof include paragraph numbers 0995 to 0108 of JP2009-288705, paragraphs 0227 of JP2013-029760, paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP2008-292970, and paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP2013-253224. It is described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of the publication, paragraph numbers 0477 of JP2012-208494, JP-A-2017-048367, JP-A-6057891 and JP-A-6031807, JP-A-2017-194662. These compounds are incorporated herein by reference.
　エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ（メタ）アクリレート（市販品としてはＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　Ｄ－３３０；日本化薬（株）製）、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ（メタ）アクリレート（市販品としてはＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　Ｄ－３２０；日本化薬（株）製）、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ（メタ）アクリレート（市販品としてはＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　Ｄ－３１０；日本化薬（株）製）、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ（メタ）アクリレート（市販品としてはＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　ＤＰＨＡ；日本化薬（株）製、ＮＫエステルＡ－ＤＰＨ－１２Ｅ；新中村化学工業（株）製）、およびこれらの化合物の（メタ）アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび／またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物（例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、ＳＲ４５４、ＳＲ４９９）などが挙げられる。また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、ジグリセリンＥＯ（エチレンオキシド）変性（メタ）アクリレート（市販品としてはＭ－４６０；東亞合成製）、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート（新中村化学工業（株）製、ＮＫエステルＡ－ＴＭＭＴ）、１，６－ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート（日本化薬（株）製、ＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　ＨＤＤＡ）、ＲＰ－１０４０（日本化薬（株）製）、アロニックスＴＯ－２３４９（東亞合成（株）製）、ＮＫオリゴＵＡ－７２００（新中村化学工業（株）製）、８ＵＨ－１００６、８ＵＨ－１０１２（大成ファインケミカル（株）製）、ライトアクリレートＰＯＢ－Ａ０（共栄社化学（株）製）などを用いることもできる。 Compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate (commercially available). KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) ) Acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the (meth) acryloyl group of these compounds is ethylene glycol and / Or a compound having a structure bonded via a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartmer) and the like can be mentioned. Compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toa Synthetic) and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). NK Ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd., NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) ), Etc. can also be used.
　また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリ（メタ）アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシド変性トリ（メタ）アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシド変性トリ（メタ）アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリ（メタ）アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ（メタ）アクリレートなどの３官能の（メタ）アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。３官能の（メタ）アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスＭ－３０９、Ｍ－３１０、Ｍ－３２１、Ｍ－３５０、Ｍ－３６０、Ｍ－３１３、Ｍ－３１５、Ｍ－３０６、Ｍ－３０５、Ｍ－３０３、Ｍ－４５２、Ｍ－４５０（東亞合成（株）製）、ＮＫエステル　Ａ９３００、Ａ－ＧＬＹ－９Ｅ、Ａ－ＧＬＹ－２０Ｅ、Ａ－ＴＭＭ－３、Ａ－ＴＭＭ－３Ｌ、Ａ－ＴＭＭ－３ＬＭ－Ｎ、Ａ－ＴＭＰＴ、ＴＭＰＴ（新中村化学工業（株）製）、ＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　ＧＰＯ－３０３、ＴＭＰＴＡ、ＴＨＥ－３３０、ＴＰＡ－３３０、ＰＥＴ－３０（日本化薬（株）製）などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide. It is also preferable to use a trifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as a modified tri (meth) acrylate or pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) And so on.
　エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、更に、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有していてもよい。このような化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスＭ－３０５、Ｍ－５１０、Ｍ－５２０、アロニックスＴＯ－２３４９（東亞合成（株）製）等が挙げられる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may further have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group. Examples of commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
　エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物については、特開２０１３－２５３２２４号公報の段落００４２～００４５の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物は、例えば、日本化薬（株）からＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　ＤＰＣＡシリーズとして市販されている、ＤＰＣＡ－２０、ＤＰＣＡ－３０、ＤＰＣＡ－６０、ＤＰＣＡ－１２０等が挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. For the compound having a caprolactone structure, the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP2013-253224A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification. Examples of the compound having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, etc., which are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series.
　エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とアルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。このような化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基と、エチレンオキシ基および／またはプロピレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とエチレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を４～２０個有する３～６官能（メタ）アクリレート化合物であることがさらに好ましい。市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を４個有する４官能（メタ）アクリレートであるＳＲ－４９４、イソブチレンオキシ基を３個有する３官能（メタ）アクリレートであるＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　ＴＰＡ－３３０などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used. Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group, and is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group. It is more preferable to have a 3 to 6 functional (meth) acrylate compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. Examples of commercially available products include SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer, and KAYARAD TPA-330, which is a trifunctional (meth) acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups. Can be mentioned.
　エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。市販品としては、オグソールＥＡ－０２００、ＥＡ－０３００（大阪ガスケミカル（株）製、フルオレン骨格を有する（メタ）アクリレートモノマー）などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used. Examples of commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
　エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、ＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　ＤＰＨＡ　ＬＴ、ＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　ＤＰＥＡ－１２　ＬＴ（日本化薬（株）製）などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally regulatory substance such as toluene. Examples of commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
　エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、ＵＡ－７２００（新中村化学工業（株）製）、ＤＰＨＡ－４０Ｈ（日本化薬（株）製）、ＵＡ－３０６Ｈ、ＵＡ－３０６Ｔ、ＵＡ－３０６Ｉ、ＡＨ－６００、Ｔ－６００、ＡＩ－６００、ＬＩＮＣ－２０２ＵＡ（共栄社化学（株）製）、８ＵＨ－１００６、８ＵＨ－１０１２（以上、大成ファインケミカル（株）製）、ライトアクリレートＰＯＢ－Ａ０（共栄社化学（株）製）などを用いることも好ましい。 Compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group are UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I. , AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINK-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), light acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Co., Ltd.) It is also preferable to use (manufactured by Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
　環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、エポキシ基を有する化合物、オキセタニル基を有する化合物などが挙げられ、エポキシ基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、１分子内にエポキシ基を１～１００個有する化合物が挙げられる。エポキシ基の数の上限は、例えば、１０個以下とすることもでき、５個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ基の数の下限は、２個以上が好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、特開２０１３－０１１８６９号公報の段落番号００３４～００３６、特開２０１４－０４３５５６号公報の段落番号０１４７～０１５６、特開２０１４－０８９４０８号公報の段落番号００８５～００９２に記載された化合物、特開２０１７－１７９１７２号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group include a compound having an epoxy group, a compound having an oxetanyl group, and the like, and a compound having an epoxy group is preferable. Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably two or more. Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP2013-011869, paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-0435556, and paragraph numbers 0083 to 0092 of JP-A-2014-089408. The described compounds and the compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used, and their contents are incorporated in the present specification.
　エポキシ基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物（例えば分子量１０００未満）でもよいし、高分子化合物（ｍａｃｒｏｍｏｌｅｃｕｌｅ）（例えば、分子量１０００以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が１０００以上）でもよい。エポキシ基を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、２００～１０００００が好ましく、５００～５００００がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、１００００以下が好ましく、５０００以下がより好ましく、３０００以下が更に好ましい。 The compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a polymer compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less.
　環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えば、ＥＨＰＥ３１５０（（株）ダイセル製）、ＥＰＩＣＬＯＮ　Ｎ－６９５（ＤＩＣ（株）製）、マープルーフＧ－０１５０Ｍ、Ｇ－０１０５ＳＡ、Ｇ－０１３０ＳＰ、Ｇ－０２５０ＳＰ、Ｇ－１００５Ｓ、Ｇ－１００５ＳＡ、Ｇ－１０１０Ｓ、Ｇ－２０５０Ｍ、Ｇ－０１１００、Ｇ－０１７５８（以上、日油（株）製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー）等が挙げられる。 Commercially available products of compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (all manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., epoxy group-containing polymer) and the like can be mentioned.
　メチロール基を有する化合物（以下、メチロール化合物ともいう）としては、メチロール基が窒素原子または芳香族環を形成する炭素原子に結合している化合物が挙げられる。また、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物（以下、アルコキシメチル化合物ともいう）としては、アルコキシメチル基が窒素原子または芳香族環を形成する炭素原子に結合している化合物が挙げられる。アルコキシメチル基またはメチロール基が窒素原子に結合している化合物としては、アルコキシメチル化メラミン、メチロール化メラミン、アルコキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、メチロール化ベンゾグアナミン、アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリル、メチロール化グリコールウリル、アルコキシメチル化尿素およびメチロール化尿素等が好ましい。また、特開２００４－２９５１１６号公報の段落０１３４～０１４７、特開２０１４－０８９４０８号公報の段落００９５～０１２６に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of the compound having a methylol group (hereinafter, also referred to as a methylol compound) include compounds in which the methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring. Examples of the compound having an alkoxymethyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as an alkoxymethyl compound) include a compound in which an alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring. Compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom include alkoxymethylated melamine, methylolated melamine, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, methylolated benzoguanamine, alkoxymethylated glycoluril, methylolated glycoluril, and alkoxymethylated. Urea, methylolated urea and the like are preferred. Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116 and paragraphs 095 to 0126 of JP-A-2014-089408 can also be used.
（樹脂）
　着色組成物は、硬化性化合物として樹脂を用いることができる。硬化性化合物は、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。樹脂は、例えば、顔料等を樹脂組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料等を樹脂組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。なお、重合性基を有する樹脂は、重合性化合物にも該当する。 (resin)
As the coloring composition, a resin can be used as the curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition or for the purpose of a binder. A resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition is also referred to as a dispersant. However, such an application of the resin is an example, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such an application. The resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.
　樹脂の重量平均分子量（Ｍｗ）は、３０００～２００００００が好ましい。上限は、１００００００以下が好ましく、５０００００以下がより好ましい。下限は、４０００以上が好ましく、５０００以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3000 to 2000000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
　樹脂としては、（メタ）アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から１種を単独で使用してもよく、２種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 Examples of the resin include (meth) acrylic resin, epoxy resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide resin. Examples thereof include polyamide imide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, and styrene resin. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be mixed and used.
　樹脂として、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。これら酸基は、１種のみであってもよいし、２種以上であってもよい。酸基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。着色組成物が酸基を有する樹脂を含有することにより、アルカリ現像によって所望のパターンを形成できる。酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、３０～５００ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇが好ましい。下限は、５０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以上が好ましく、７０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以上がより好ましい。上限は、４００ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下が好ましく、２００ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下がより好ましく、１５０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下が更に好ましく、１２０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下が最も好ましい。 It is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. These acid groups may be only one kind or two or more kinds. The resin having an acid group can also be used as a dispersant. Since the coloring composition contains a resin having an acid group, a desired pattern can be formed by alkaline development. The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less.
　着色組成物は、塩基性基を有する樹脂を含むことも好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有する共重合体であることがより好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と、塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有するブロック共重合体であることが更に好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂のアミン価は、５～３００ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇが好ましい。下限は、１０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以上が好ましく、２０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以上がより好ましい。上限は、２００ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下が好ましく、１００ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下がより好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂に含まれる塩基性基としては、式（ａ－１）で表される基、式（ａ－２）で表される基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 The coloring composition also preferably contains a resin having a basic group. The resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, and has both a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group. A polymer is more preferable, and a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group is further preferable. A resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant. The amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less. Examples of the basic group contained in the resin having a basic group include a group represented by the formula (a-1) and a group represented by the formula (a-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
　式（ａ－１）中、Ｒａ１およびＲａ２は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、Ｒａ１とＲａ２とは結合して環を形成していてもよい；
　式（ａ－２）中、Ｒａ１１は、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基またはオキシラジカルを表し、Ｒａ１２～Ｒａ１９は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。 In formula (a-1), Ra1 and Ra2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Ra1 and Ra2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring;
In the formula (a-2), Ra 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group or an oxyradic , and Ra12 to Ra19 are independent of each other. , Hydrogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group.
　Ｒａ１、Ｒａ２、Ｒａ１１～Ｒａ１９が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、１～３０が好ましく、１～１５がより好ましく、１～８が更に好ましく、１～５が特に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R a1 , Ra2 , and Raa11 to Ra19 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent.
　Ｒａ１、Ｒａ２、Ｒａ１１～Ｒａ１９が表すアリール基の炭素数は、６～３０が好ましく、６～２０がより好ましく、６～１２が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The aryl group represented by R a1 , Ra2 , and Raa11 to Ra19 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent.
　Ｒａ１１が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は、１～３０が好ましく、１～１５がより好ましく、１～８が更に好ましく、１～５が特に好ましい。アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group represented by Ra 11 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 5. The alkoxy group may have a substituent.
　Ｒａ１１が表すアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、６～３０が好ましく、６～２０がより好ましく、６～１２が更に好ましい。アリールオキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The aryloxy group represented by R a11 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryloxy group may have a substituent.
　Ｒａ１１が表すアシル基の炭素数は、２～３０が好ましく、２～２０がより好ましく、２～１２が更に好ましい。アシル基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The number of carbon atoms of the acyl group represented by R a11 is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and even more preferably 2 to 12. The acyl group may have a substituent.
　塩基性基を有する樹脂の市販品としては、ＤＩＳＰＥＲＢＹＫ－１６１、１６２、１６３、１６４、１６６、１６７、１６８、１７４、１８２、１８３、１８４、１８５、２０００、２００１、２０５０、２１５０、２１６３、２１６４、ＢＹＫ－ＬＰＮ６９１９（以上、ビックケミー・ジャパン社製）、ＳＯＬＳＰＥＲＳＥ１１２００、１３２４０、１３６５０、１３９４０、２４０００、２６０００、２８０００、３２０００、３２５００、３２５５０、３２６００、３３０００、３４７５０、３５１００、３５２００、３７５００，３８５００，３９０００，５３０９５、５６０００、７１００（以上、日本ルーブリゾール社製）、Ｅｆｋａ　ＰＸ　４３００、４３３０、４０４６、４０６０、４０８０（以上、ＢＡＳＦ社製）等が挙げられる。また、塩基性基を有する樹脂は、特開２０１４－２１９６６５号公報の段落番号００６３～０１１２に記載されたブロック共重合体（Ｂ）、特開２０１８－１５６０２１号公報の段落番号００４６～００７６に記載されたブロック共重合体Ａ１を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Commercially available products of resins having basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (above, manufactured by Big Chemie Japan), SOLSERSE11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38500, 39000, 53095 , 56000, 7100 (above, manufactured by Japan Lubrizol), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (above, manufactured by BASF) and the like. Further, the resin having a basic group is described in the block copolymers (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP2014-219665A and paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP-A-2018-156021. The block copolymer A1 which has been prepared can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
　着色組成物は、酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とをそれぞれ含むことも好ましい。この態様によれば、着色組成物の保存安定性をより向上できる。酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とを併用する場合、塩基性基を有する樹脂の含有量は、酸基を有する樹脂の１００質量部に対して２０～５００質量部であることが好ましく、３０～３００質量部であることがより好ましく、５０～２００質量部であることが更に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the coloring composition contains a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group, respectively. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the coloring composition can be further improved. When a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group are used in combination, the content of the resin having a basic group may be 20 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group. It is preferably 30 to 300 parts by mass, more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass.
　樹脂としては、式（ＥＤ１）で示される化合物および／または式（ＥＤ２）で表される化合物（以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。）由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含むことも好ましい。 As the resin, a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as “ether dimer”) is used. It is also preferable to include it.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
　式（ＥＤ１）中、Ｒ１およびＲ２は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数１～２５の炭化水素基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 　式（ＥＤ２）中、Ｒは、水素原子または炭素数１～３０の有機基を表す。式（ＥＤ２）の具体例としては、特開２０１０－１６８５３９号公報の記載を参酌できる。 In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the formula (ED2), the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to.
　エーテルダイマーの具体例については、特開２０１３－０２９７６０号公報の段落番号０３１７を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 For a specific example of the ether dimer, paragraph number 0317 of JP2013-209760A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
　樹脂としては、重合性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基であることがより好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
　樹脂としては、式（Ｘ）で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 　式中、Ｒ１は水素原子またはメチル基を表し、Ｒ２１およびＲ２２はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、ｎは０～１５の整数を表す。Ｒ２１およびＲ２２が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は１～１０であることが好ましく、１～５であることがより好ましく、１～３であることが更に好ましく、２または３であることが特に好ましい。ｎは０～１５の整数を表し、０～５の整数であることが好ましく、０～４の整数であることがより好ましく、０～３の整数であることが更に好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by the formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms. preferable. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
　式（Ｘ）で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド変性（メタ）アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスＭ－１１０（東亞合成（株）製）などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (X) include ethylene oxide of paracumylphenol or propylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate. Examples of commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
　樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂（以下、樹脂Ａｃともいう）を用いることも好ましい。樹脂Ａｃにおいて、芳香族カルボキシル基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシル基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシル基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシル基が１個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシル基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシル基の数は、１～４個であることが好ましく、１～２個であることがより好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ac). In the resin Ac, the aromatic carboxyl group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. The aromatic carboxyl group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit. In addition, in this specification, an aromatic carboxyl group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. Among the aromatic carboxyl groups, the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
　樹脂Ａｃは、式（Ａｃ－１）で表される繰り返し単位および式（Ａｃ－２）で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも１種の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂が式（Ａｃ－２）で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である場合は、この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 　式（Ａｃ－１）中、Ａｒ１は芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、Ｌ１は、－ＣＯＯ－または－ＣＯＮＨ－を表し、Ｌ２は、２価の連結基を表す。
　式（Ａｃ－２）中、Ａｒ１０は芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、Ｌ１１は、－ＣＯＯ－または－ＣＯＮＨ－を表し、Ｌ１２は３価の連結基を表し、Ｐ１０はポリマー鎖を表す。 The resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2). When the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 In the formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 represents a polymer. Represents a chain.
　式（Ａｃ－１）においてＡｒ１が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物および芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1) include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like. Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
　上記式中、Ｑ１は、単結合、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯＣＨ２ＣＨ２ＯＣＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－Ｃ（ＣＦ３）２－、式（Ｑ－１）で表される基または式（Ｑ－２）で表される基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 In the above formula, Q 1 is represented by a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and formula (Q-1). Represents a group or a group represented by the formula (Q-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
　Ａｒ１が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基は、重合性基を有していてもよい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基であることがより好ましい。 The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
　Ａｒ１が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基の具体例としては、式（Ａｒ－１１）で表される基、式（Ａｒ－１２）で表される基、式（Ａｒ－１３）で表される基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the formula (Ar-11), a group represented by the formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by the formula (Ar-13). Examples include the base.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
　式（Ａｒ－１１）中、ｎ１は１～４の整数を表し、１または２であることが好ましく、２であることがより好ましい。
　式（Ａｒ－１２）中、ｎ２は１～８の整数を表し、１～４の整数であることが好ましく、１または２であることがより好ましく、２であることが更に好ましい。
　式（Ａｒ－１３）中、ｎ３およびｎ４はそれぞれ独立して０～４の整数を表し、０～２の整数であることが好ましく、１または２であることがより好ましく、１であることが更に好ましい。ただし、ｎ３およびｎ４の少なくとも一方は１以上の整数である。
　式（Ａｒ－１３）中、Ｑ１は、単結合、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯＣＨ２ＣＨ２ＯＣＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－Ｃ（ＣＦ３）２－、上記式（Ｑ－１）で表される基または上記式（Ｑ－２）で表される基を表す。
　式（Ａｒ－１１）～（Ａｒ－１３）中、＊１はＬ１との結合位置を表す。 In the formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
In the formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
In the formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In the formula (Ar-13), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , the above formula (Q-). It represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
In the formulas (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), * 1 represents the bonding position with L1.
　式（Ａｃ－１）においてＬ１は、－ＣＯＯ－または－ＣＯＮＨ－を表し、－ＣＯＯ－を表すことが好ましい。 In the formula (Ac-1), L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
　式（Ａｃ－１）においてＬ２が表す２価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＮＨ－、－Ｓ－およびこれらの２種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、１～３０が好ましく、１～２０がより好ましく、１～１５が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、６～３０が好ましく、６～２０がより好ましく、６～１０が更に好ましい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。Ｌ２が表す２価の連結基は、－Ｌ２ａ－Ｏ－で表される基であることが好ましい。Ｌ２ａは、アルキレン基；アリーレン基；アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基；アルキレン基およびアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも１種と、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＮＨ－および－Ｓ－から選ばれる少なくとも１種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、１～３０が好ましく、１～２０がより好ましく、１～１５が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 The divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these. A group that combines two or more of the above can be mentioned. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by —L 2a —O—. L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group in which an alkylene group and an arylene group are combined; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group, and —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, Examples thereof include a group in which at least one selected from —NH— and —S— is combined, and an alkylene group is preferable. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
　式（Ａｃ－２）においてＡｒ１０が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、式（Ａｃ－１）のＡｒ１と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The group containing the aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in the formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
　式（Ａｃ－２）においてＬ１１は、－ＣＯＯ－または－ＣＯＮＨ－を表し、－ＣＯＯ－を表すことが好ましい。 In the formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
　式（Ａｃ－２）においてＬ１２が表す３価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＮＨ－、－Ｓ－およびこれらの２種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、１～３０が好ましく、１～２０がより好ましく、１～１５が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、６～３０が好ましく、６～２０がより好ましく、６～１０が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。Ｌ１２が表す３価の連結基は、式（Ｌ１２－１）で表される基であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ１２－２）で表される基であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in the formula (Ac-2) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and two of these. A group that combines species or more can be mentioned. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by the formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by the formula (L12-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
　式（Ｌ１２－１）中、Ｌ１２ｂは３価の連結基を表し、Ｘ１はＳを表し、＊１は式（Ａｃ－２）のＬ１１との結合位置を表し、＊２は式（Ａｃ－２）のＰ１０との結合位置を表す。Ｌ１２ｂが表す３価の連結基としては、炭化水素基；炭化水素基と、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＮＨ－および－Ｓ－から選ばれる少なくとも１種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基または炭化水素基と－Ｏ－とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。 In the formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, * 1 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2), and * 2 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2). It represents the bonding position of Ac- 2 ) with P10. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12b is a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-. Examples thereof include a group in which the above is combined with, and a hydrocarbon group or a group in which a hydrocarbon group and —O— are combined is preferable.
　式（Ｌ１２－２）中、Ｌ１２ｃは３価の連結基を表し、Ｘ１はＳを表し、＊１は式（Ａｃ－２）のＬ１１との結合位置を表し、＊２は式（Ａｃ－２）のＰ１０との結合位置を表す。Ｌ１２ｃが表す３価の連結基としては、炭化水素基；炭化水素基と、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＮＨ－および－Ｓ－から選ばれる少なくとも１種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 In the formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, * 1 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2), and * 2 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2). It represents the bonding position of Ac- 2 ) with P10. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12c is a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-. Examples thereof include a group in which the above is combined, and a hydrocarbon group is preferable.
　式（Ａｃ－２）においてＰ１０はポリマー鎖を表す。Ｐ１０が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ（メタ）アクリル繰り返し単位、ポリエーテル繰り返し単位、ポリエステル繰り返し単位およびポリオール繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも１種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖Ｐ１０の重量平均分子量は５００～２００００が好ましい。下限は１０００以上が好ましい。上限は１００００以下が好ましく、５０００以下がより好ましく、３０００以下が更に好ましい。Ｐ１０の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好である。 In formula (Ac-2), P 10 represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly (meth) acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20000. The lower limit is preferably 1000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is in the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good.
　Ｐ１０が表すポリマー鎖は、重合性基を含んでいてもよい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基であることがより好ましい。 The polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
　式（Ａｃ－２）において、Ｐ１０が表すポリマー鎖は、下記式（Ｐ－１）～（Ｐ－５）で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリマー鎖であることが好ましく、（Ｐ－５）で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリマー鎖であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 　上記式において、ＲＰ１およびＲＰ２は、それぞれアルキレン基を表す。ＲＰ１およびＲＰ２で表されるアルキレン基としては、炭素数１～２０の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数２～１６の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数３～１２の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
　上記式において、ＲＰ３は、水素原子またはメチル基を表す。
　上記式において、ＬＰ１は、単結合またはアリーレン基を表し、ＬＰ２は、単結合または２価の連結基を表す。ＬＰ１は、単結合であることが好ましい。ＬＰ２が表す２価の連結基としては、アルキレン基（好ましくは炭素数１～１２のアルキレン基）、アリーレン基（好ましくは炭素数６～２０のアリーレン基）、－ＮＨ－、－ＳＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－Ｓ－、－ＮＨＣＯ－、－ＣＯＮＨ－、およびこれらの２以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。
　ＲＰ４は、水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基、アリールチオエーテル基、ヘテロアリールチオエーテル基、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基などが挙げられる。 In the formula (Ac-2), the polymer chain represented by P 10 is preferably a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-5), and is preferably (P-5). It is more preferable that the polymer chain contains a repeating unit represented by.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 In the above formula, RP1 and RP2 each represent an alkylene group. As the alkylene group represented by RP1 and RP2 , a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable. , A linear or branched alkylene group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable.
In the above formula, RP3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the above formula, LP1 represents a single bond or an arylene group, and LP2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L P1 is preferably a single bond. The divalent linking group represented by LP2 includes an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, and -SO-. Examples thereof include -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, and a group consisting of a combination of two or more of these.
RP4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Substituents include hydroxy group, carboxyl group, alkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heteroaryloxy group, alkylthioether group, arylthioether group, heteroarylthioether group, and ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples include bond-containing groups.
　また、Ｐ１０が表すポリマー鎖は、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマー鎖であることがより好ましい。また、Ｐ１０を構成する全繰り返し単位中における、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に含む繰り返し単位の割合は、５質量％以上であることが好ましく、１０質量％以上であることがより好ましく、２０質量％以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、１００質量％とすることができ、９０質量％以下であることが好ましく、６０質量％以下であることが更に好ましい。 Further, the polymer chain represented by P 10 is more preferably a polymer chain having a repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain. Further, the ratio of the repeating unit containing the ethylenically unsaturated bond - containing group in the side chain in all the repeating units constituting P10 is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. It is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit can be 100% by mass, preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
　また、Ｐ１０が表すポリマー鎖は、酸基を含む繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。酸基としては、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。この態様によれば、着色組成物中における顔料などの着色剤の分散性をより向上できる。更には、現像性をより向上させることもでき、現像残渣の発生をより抑制できる。酸基を含む繰り返し単位の割合は、１～３０質量％であることが好ましく、２～２０質量％であることがより好ましく、３～１０質量％であることが更に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the polymer chain represented by P 10 has a repeating unit containing an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of a colorant such as a pigment in the coloring composition can be further improved. Furthermore, the developability can be further improved, and the generation of development residue can be further suppressed. The proportion of the repeating unit containing an acid group is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 2 to 20% by mass, still more preferably 3 to 10% by mass.
　樹脂Ａｃは、式（Ａｃ－１０）で表される繰り返し単位をさらに含んでいてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 　式（Ａｃ－１０）中、Ａｒ２１は芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、Ｌ２１およびＬ２２はそれぞれ独立して－ＣＯＯ－または－ＣＯＮＨ－を表し、Ｒ２１はエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む基を表す。 The resin Ac may further contain a repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-10).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 In formula (Ac-10), Ar 21 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 21 and L 22 independently represent -COO- or -CONH-, and R 21 contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Represents a group containing a group.
　Ａｒ２１が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。 Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 21 include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like.
　Ａｒ２１が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基の具体例としては、式（Ａｒ－２１）で表される基、式（Ａｒ－２２）で表される基、式（Ａｒ－２３）で表される基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 21 include a group represented by the formula (Ar-21), a group represented by the formula (Ar-22), and a group represented by the formula (Ar-23). Examples include the base.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
　式（Ａｒ－２１）中、ｎ１１は１～３の整数を表し、１または２であることが好ましい。
　式（Ａｒ－２２）中、ｎ１２は１～７の整数を表し、１～４の整数であることが好ましく、１または２であることがより好ましい。
　式（Ａｒ－２３）中、ｎ１３およびｎ１４はそれぞれ独立して０～４の整数を表し、０～２の整数であることが好ましく、１または２であることがより好ましく、１であることが更に好ましい。ただし、ｎ１３およびｎ１４の少なくとも一方は１以上の整数である。
　式（Ａｒ－２３）中、Ｑ１は、単結合、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯＣＨ２ＣＨ２ＯＣＯ－、－ＳＯ２－、－Ｃ（ＣＦ３）２－、上記式（Ｑ－１）で表される基または上記式（Ｑ－２）で表される基を表す。 In the formula (Ar-21), n11 represents an integer of 1 to 3, and is preferably 1 or 2.
In the formula (Ar-22), n12 represents an integer of 1 to 7, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
In the formula (Ar-23), n13 and n14 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n13 and n14 is an integer of 1 or more.
In the formula (Ar-23), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , the above formula (Q-). It represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
　式（Ａｃ－１０）においてＬ２１およびＬ２２は－ＣＯＯ－であることが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-10), L 21 and L 22 are preferably -COO-.
　式（Ａｃ－１０）におけるＲ２１が表すエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む基におけるエチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、ビニルフェニル基、（メタ）アリル基、（メタ）アクリロイル基、（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基、（メタ）アクリロイルアミド基などが挙げられ、（メタ）アリル基、（メタ）アクリロイル基および（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましく、（メタ）アクリロイルオキシ基がより好ましい。
　Ｒ２１が表す基に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合含有基の数は、特に制限はないが、現像性及び硬化性の観点から、１～１０であることが好ましく、１～６であることがより好ましく、１又は２であることが更に好ましく、１であることが特に好ましい。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the group containing the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group represented by R 21 in the formula (Ac-10) include a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group. , (Meta) acryloyloxy group, (meth) acryloylamide group and the like, (meth) allyl group, (meth) acryloyl group and (meth) acryloyloxy group are preferable, and (meth) acryloyloxy group is more preferable.
The number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups contained in the group represented by R 21 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10 and preferably 1 to 6 from the viewpoint of developability and curability. More preferably, it is more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1.
　式（Ａｃ－１０）のＲ２１において、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基は、式（Ａｃ－１０）におけるＡｒ２１に直接結合していても、連結基を介して結合していてもよい。上記連結基の炭素数は、特に制限はないが、１～４０であることが好ましく、１～２０であることがより好ましく、２～９であることが更に好ましく、３～５であることが特に好ましい。また、上記連結基は、脂肪族基であることが好ましく、二価の脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、１以上の二価の脂肪族炭化水素基と、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、及び、ウレア結合よりなる群から選ばれた１以上の構造とを結合した基であることが好ましい。更に、上記連結基は、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基等の置換基を有していてもよい。中でも、置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基が好ましく挙げられる。 In R 21 of the formula (Ac-10), the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may be directly bonded to Ar 21 in the formula (Ac-10) or may be bonded via a linking group. The number of carbon atoms of the linking group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 40, more preferably 1 to 20, further preferably 2 to 9, and preferably 3 to 5. Especially preferable. Further, the linking group is preferably an aliphatic group, and is preferably an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a urethane with a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or one or more divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. It is preferably a group to which one or more structures selected from the group consisting of a bond and a urea bond are bonded. Further, the linking group may have a substituent such as a hydroxy group or an amino group. Among them, the hydroxy group is preferably mentioned as the substituent.
　樹脂は、分散剤としての樹脂を含むことが好ましい。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤（酸性樹脂）、塩基性分散剤（塩基性樹脂）が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤（酸性樹脂）とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。また、塩基性分散剤（塩基性樹脂）とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。 The resin preferably contains a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups. Further, the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups.
　酸性分散剤（酸性樹脂）としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を１００モル％としたときに、酸基の量が７０モル％以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤（酸性樹脂）が有する酸基は、カルボキシル基が好ましい。酸性分散剤（酸性樹脂）の酸価は５～２００ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇが好ましい。上限は１５０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下であることが好ましく、１００ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下であることがより好ましく、８０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は１０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以上であることが好ましく、１５ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以上であることがより好ましく、２０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以上であることが更に好ましい。 As the acid dispersant (acidic resin), a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group and the basic group is 100 mol%. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 5 to 200 mgKOH / g. The upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
　塩基性分散剤（塩基性樹脂）としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を１００モル％としたときに、塩基性基の量が６０モル％以上である樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。塩基性分散剤（塩基性樹脂）のアミン価は５～１００ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇが好ましい。上限は８０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下であることが好ましく、６０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下であることがより好ましく、４５ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は１０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以上であることが好ましく、１５ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以上であることがより好ましく、２０ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ以上であることが更に好ましい。 As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin in which the amount of basic groups is 60 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group. The amine value of the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably 5 to 100 mgKOH / g. The upper limit is preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 45 mgKOH / g or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
　分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフト樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト樹脂の詳細は、特開２０１２－２５５１２８号公報の段落番号００２５～００９４の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a graft resin. For details of the graft resin, the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
　分散剤として用いる樹脂は、芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂（樹脂Ａｃ）であることも好ましい。芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂としては上述したものが挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (resin Ac). Examples of the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group include those described above.
　分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、ｐＫａ１４以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数４０～１００００の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開２０１２－２５５１２８号公報の段落番号０１０２～０１６６の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The resin to have is preferable. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity. Regarding the polyimine-based dispersant, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
　分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えばデンドリマー（星型ポリマーを含む）が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開２０１３－０４３９６２号公報の段落番号０１９６～０２０９に記載された高分子化合物Ｃ－１～Ｃ－３１などが挙げられる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion. Examples of such resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Specific examples of the dendrimer include the polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
　分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。また、分散剤は、特開２０１８－０８７９３９号公報に記載された樹脂、国際公開第２０１６／１０４８０３号に記載のポリエステル側鎖を有するポリエチレンイミン、国際公開第２０１９／１２５９４０号に記載のブロック共重合体、特開２０２０－０６６６８７号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特開２０２０－０６６６８８号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特許第６４３２０７７号公報の段落番号０２１９～０２２１に記載されたブロック共重合体（ＥＢ－１）～（ＥＢ－９）を用いることもできる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Further, the dispersant is a resin described in JP-A-2018-087939, a polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, and a block copolymer according to International Publication No. 2019/125940. Combined, block polymers having acrylamide structural units described in JP-A-2020-066678, block polymers having acrylamide structural units described in JP-A-2020-066688, paragraphs 0219-0221 of Patent No. 6432077. The described block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) can also be used.
　分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー・ジャパン社製のＤＩＳＰＥＲＢＹＫシリーズ、日本ルーブリゾール社製のＳＯＬＳＰＥＲＳＥシリーズ、ＢＡＳＦ社製のＥｆｋａシリーズ、味の素ファインテクノ（株）製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開２０１２－１３７５６４号公報の段落番号０１２９に記載された製品、特開２０１７－１９４６６２号公報の段落番号０２３５に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by Big Chemie Japan, SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol, Efka series manufactured by BASF, and Ajinomoto Fine Techno (Ajinomoto Fine Techno). Examples include the Ajinomoto series manufactured by Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Further, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP2012-137564A and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
　着色組成物の全固形分中における硬化性化合物の含有量は、１～３５質量％であることが好ましい。下限は２質量％以上が好ましく、５質量％以上がより好ましく、７質量％以上が更に好ましい。上限は２５質量％未満が好ましく、１５質量％以下がより好ましい。硬化性化合物は、１種類のみでもよく、２種類以上でもよい。２種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the curable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 35% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 7% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably less than 25% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass or less. The curable compound may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
　着色組成物が硬化性化合物として重合性化合物を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における重合性化合物の含有量は１～３０質量％であることが好ましい。下限は２質量％以上が好ましく、３質量％以上がより好ましく、４質量％以上が更に好ましい。上限は２０質量％未満が好ましく、１０質量％以下がより好ましい。 When the coloring composition contains a polymerizable compound as a curable compound, the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 4% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably less than 20% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
　また、着色組成物が硬化性化合物として重合性モノマーを含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における重合性モノマーの含有量は、１～３０質量％であることが好ましい。下限は２質量％以上が好ましく、３質量％以上がより好ましく、４質量％以上が更に好ましい。上限は２０質量％未満が好ましく、１０質量％以下がより好ましい。 When the coloring composition contains a polymerizable monomer as a curable compound, the content of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 4% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably less than 20% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
　また、着色組成物が硬化性化合物としてエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中におけるエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物の含有量は、１～３０質量％であることが好ましい。下限は２質量％以上が好ましく、３質量％以上がより好ましく、４質量％以上が更に好ましい。上限は２０質量％未満が好ましく、１０質量％以下がより好ましい。 When the coloring composition contains a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a curable compound, the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 1. It is preferably about 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 4% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably less than 20% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
　着色組成物が硬化性化合物として環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、０．５～１０質量％であることが好ましい。下限は１．０質量％以上が好ましく、１．５質量％以上がより好ましく、２．０質量％以上が更に好ましい。上限は８質量％未満が好ましく、６質量％以下がより好ましい。 When the coloring composition contains a compound having a cyclic ether group as a curable compound, the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition may be 0.5 to 10% by mass. preferable. The lower limit is preferably 1.0% by mass or more, more preferably 1.5% by mass or more, still more preferably 2.0% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably less than 8% by mass, more preferably 6% by mass or less.
　着色組成物が硬化性化合物として樹脂を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における樹脂の含有量は、０．１～３５質量％であることが好ましい。下限は１質量％以上が好ましく、３質量％以上がより好ましく、５質量％以上が更に好ましい。上限は３０質量％未満が好ましく、２５質量％以下がより好ましい。また、着色組成物に含まれる樹脂中における酸基を有する樹脂の含有量は５０～１００質量％であることが好ましく、７５～１００質量％であることがより好ましく、９０～１００質量％であることが更に好ましい。 When the coloring composition contains a resin as a curable compound, the content of the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably less than 30% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass or less. The content of the resin having an acid group in the resin contained in the coloring composition is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 75 to 100% by mass, and 90 to 100% by mass. Is even more preferable.
　着色組成物が硬化性化合物として重合性モノマーと樹脂とを含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における重合性モノマーと樹脂との合計の含有量は、５～４５質量％であることが好ましい。下限は１０質量％以上が好ましく、１５質量％以上がより好ましく、２０質量％以上が更に好ましい。上限は４０質量％未満が好ましく、３５質量％以下がより好ましい。 When the coloring composition contains a polymerizable monomer and a resin as a curable compound, the total content of the polymerizable monomer and the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition may be 5 to 45% by mass. preferable. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably less than 40% by mass, more preferably 35% by mass or less.
＜＜光重合開始剤＞＞
　着色組成物は光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視光領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。 << Photopolymerization Initiator >>
The coloring composition preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible light region is preferable. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
　光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体（例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など）、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α－ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α－アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α－ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α－アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン－ベンゼン－鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および３－アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α－ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α－アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開２０１４－１３０１７３号公報の段落００６５～０１１１、特許第６３０１４８９号公報に記載された化合物、ＭＡＴＥＲＩＡＬ　ＳＴＡＧＥ　３７～６０ｐ，ｖｏｌ．１９，Ｎｏ．３，２０１９に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第２０１８／２２１１７７号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第２０１８／１１０１７９号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開２０１９－０４３８６４号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開２０１９－０４４０３０号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開２０１９－１６７３１３号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開２０２０－０５５９９２号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開２０１３－１９０４５９号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤などが挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, and thio compounds. , Ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, or a triarylimidazole. It is preferably a dimer, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound and a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, preferably an oxime compound and an α-hydroxyketone compound. , Α-Aminoketone compound, and a compound selected from an acylphosphine compound are more preferable, and an oxime compound is further preferable. Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, the compound described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173 and JP-A-6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. Peroxide-based photopolymerization initiator described in 3, 2019, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, JP-A-2019-043864. The photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030, the peroxide-based initiator described in JP-A-2019-167313, JP-A-2020-055992. Examples thereof include the above-mentioned aminoacetophenone-based initiators having an oxazolidine group, the oxime-based photopolymerization initiators described in JP-A-2013-190459, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
　α－ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Ｏｍｎｉｒａｄ　１８４、Ｏｍｎｉｒａｄ　１１７３、Ｏｍｎｉｒａｄ　２９５９、Ｏｍｎｉｒａｄ　１２７（以上、ＩＧＭ　Ｒｅｓｉｎｓ　Ｂ．Ｖ．社製）、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　１８４、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　１１７３、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　２９５９、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　１２７（以上、ＢＡＳＦ社製）などが挙げられる。α－アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Ｏｍｎｉｒａｄ　９０７、Ｏｍｎｉｒａｄ　３６９、Ｏｍｎｉｒａｄ　３６９Ｅ、Ｏｍｎｉｒａｄ　３７９ＥＧ（以上、ＩＧＭ　Ｒｅｓｉｎｓ　Ｂ．Ｖ．社製）、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　９０７、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　３６９、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　３６９Ｅ、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　３７９ＥＧ（以上、ＢＡＳＦ社製）などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Ｏｍｎｉｒａｄ　８１９、Ｏｍｎｉｒａｄ　ＴＰＯ（以上、ＩＧＭ　Ｒｅｓｉｎｓ　Ｂ．Ｖ．社製）、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　８１９、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　ＴＰＯ（以上、ＢＡＳＦ社製）などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (above, IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure27, Irgacure29. (Manufactured by the company) and the like. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (above, IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369, Irger Made) and so on. Examples of commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (above, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (above, manufactured by BASF).
　オキシム化合物としては、特開２００１－２３３８４２号公報に記載の化合物、特開２０００－０８００６８号公報に記載の化合物、特開２００６－３４２１６６号公報に記載の化合物、Ｊ．Ｃ．Ｓ．Ｐｅｒｋｉｎ　ＩＩ（１９７９年、ｐｐ．１６５３－１６６０）に記載の化合物、Ｊ．Ｃ．Ｓ．Ｐｅｒｋｉｎ　ＩＩ（１９７９年、ｐｐ．１５６－１６２）に記載の化合物、Ｊｏｕｒｎａｌ　ｏｆ　Ｐｈｏｔｏｐｏｌｙｍｅｒ　Ｓｃｉｅｎｃｅ　ａｎｄ　Ｔｅｃｈｎｏｌｏｇｙ（１９９５年、ｐｐ．２０２－２３２）に記載の化合物、特開２０００－０６６３８５号公報に記載の化合物、特表２００４－５３４７９７号公報に記載の化合物、特開２００６－３４２１６６号公報に記載の化合物、特開２０１７－０１９７６６号公報に記載の化合物、特許第６０６５５９６号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第２０１５／１５２１５３号に記載の化合物、国際公開第２０１７／０５１６８０号に記載の化合物、特開２０１７－１９８８６５号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第２０１７／１６４１２７号の段落番号００２５～００３８に記載の化合物、国際公開第２０１３／１６７５１５号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、３－ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン－２－オン、３－アセトキシイミノブタン－２－オン、３－プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン－２－オン、２－アセトキシイミノペンタン－３－オン、２－アセトキシイミノ－１－フェニルプロパン－１－オン、２－ベンゾイルオキシイミノ－１－フェニルプロパン－１－オン、３－（４－トルエンスルホニルオキシ）イミノブタン－２－オン、及び２－エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ－１－フェニルプロパン－１－オンなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　ＯＸＥ０１、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　ＯＸＥ０２、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　ＯＸＥ０３、Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ　ＯＸＥ０４（以上、ＢＡＳＦ社製）、ＴＲ－ＰＢＧ－３０４（常州強力電子新材料有限公司製）、アデカオプトマーＮ－１９１９（（株）ＡＤＥＫＡ製、特開２０１２－０１４０５２号公報に記載の光重合開始剤２）が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズＮＣＩ－７３０、ＮＣＩ－８３１、ＮＣＩ－９３０（以上、（株）ＡＤＥＫＡ製）などが挙げられる。 Examples of the oxime compound include the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compound described in JP-A-2000-080068, the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166, and J. Am. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), the compound described in Journal of Photopolisr Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385, the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385. Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534977, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-109766, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6065596, International Publication No. 2015. The compound described in / 152153, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP-A-2017-198865, the compound described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, Examples thereof include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminovtan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, and the like. 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy Examples thereof include imino-1-phenylpropane-1-one. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA PTOMER N-1919 (Co., Ltd.). Examples thereof include a photopolymerization initiator 2) manufactured by ADEKA and described in JP2012-014552A. Further, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and hardly discoloring. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARCLUS NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
　光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開２０１４－１３７４６６号公報に記載の化合物、特許６６３６０８１号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第１０－２０１６－０１０９４４４号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compound described in JP-A-2014-137466, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and the compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. Will be.
　光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも１つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第２０１３／０８３５０５号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
　光重合開始剤としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開２０１０－２６２０２８号公報に記載の化合物、特表２０１４－５００８５２号公報に記載の化合物２４、３６～４０、特開２０１３－１６４４７１号公報に記載の化合物（Ｃ－３）などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. Compound (C-3) and the like can be mentioned.
　光重合開始剤としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開２０１３－１１４２４９号公報の段落番号００３１～００４７、特開２０１４－１３７４６６号公報の段落番号０００８～００１２、００７０～００７９に記載されている化合物、特許４２２３０７１号公報の段落番号０００７～００２５に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズＮＣＩ－８３１（（株）ＡＤＥＫＡ製）が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP2013-114249A and paragraphs 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466. Examples thereof include the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
　光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第２０１５／０３６９１０号に記載されているＯＥ－０１～ＯＥ－７５が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
　光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第２０１９／０８８０５５号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
　光重合開始剤としては、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ＡｒＯＸ１を有するオキシム化合物（以下、オキシム化合物ＯＸともいう）を用いることもできる。上記芳香族環基ＡｒＯＸ１が有する電子求引性基としては、アシル基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基が挙げられ、アシル基およびニトロ基が好ましく、耐光性に優れた膜を形成しやすいという理由からアシル基であることがより好ましく、ベンゾイル基であることが更に好ましい。ベンゾイル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基またはアミノ基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることが更に好ましい。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 having an electron-attracting group introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as oxime compound OX) can also be used. Examples of the electron-attracting group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group and a cyano group. An acyl group and a nitro group are preferable, and an acyl group is more preferable, and a benzoyl group is further preferable, because it is easy to form a film having excellent light resistance. The benzoyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylsulfanyl group and an arylsulfanyl group. It is preferably an acyl group or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group or an amino group, and more preferably an alkoxy group or an alkyl group. It is more preferably a sulfanyl group or an amino group.
　オキシム化合物ＯＸは、式（ＯＸ１）で表される化合物および式（ＯＸ２）で表される化合物から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、式（ＯＸ２）で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 　式中、ＲＸ１は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ホスフィノイル基、カルバモイル基またはスルファモイル基を表し、
　ＲＸ２は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシルオキシ基またはアミノ基を表し、
　ＲＸ３～ＲＸ１４は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す；
　ただし、ＲＸ１０～ＲＸ１４のうち少なくとも一つは、電子求引性基である。 The oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the compound represented by the formula (OX1) and the compound represented by the formula (OX2), and more preferably the compound represented by the formula (OX2). preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 In the formula, RX1 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group. Represents a group, arylsulfonyl group, acyl group, acyloxy group, amino group, phosphinoyl group, carbamoyl group or sulfamoyl group.
RX2 contains an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl. Represents a sulfonyl group, an acyloxy group or an amino group
RX3 to RX14 independently represent hydrogen atoms or substituents;
However, at least one of RX10 to RX14 is an electron-withdrawing group.
　上記式において、ＲＸ１２が電子求引性基であり、ＲＸ１０、ＲＸ１１、ＲＸ１３、ＲＸ１４は水素原子であることが好ましい。 In the above formula, it is preferable that RX12 is an electron-withdrawing group and RX10 , RX11 , RX13 and RX14 are hydrogen atoms.
　オキシム化合物ＯＸの具体例としては、特許第４６００６００号公報の段落番号００８３～０１０５に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
　本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the oxime compound preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
　オキシム化合物は、波長３５０～５００ｎｍの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長３６０～４８０ｎｍの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長３６５ｎｍ又は波長４０５ｎｍにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、１０００～３０００００であることがより好ましく、２０００～３０００００であることが更に好ましく、５０００～２０００００であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計（Ｖａｒｉａｎ社製Ｃａｒｙ－５　ｓｐｅｃｔｒｏｐｈｏｔｏｍｅｔｅｒ）にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、０．０１ｇ／Ｌの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. Further, the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, still more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and more preferably 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable to have. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
　光重合開始剤としては、２官能あるいは３官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の１分子から２つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して有機溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、着色組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。２官能あるいは３官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表２０１０－５２７３３９号公報、特表２０１１－５２４４３６号公報、国際公開第２０１５／００４５６５号、特表２０１６－５３２６７５号公報の段落番号０４０７～０４１２、国際公開第２０１７／０３３６８０号の段落番号００３９～００５５に記載されているオキシム化合物の２量体、特表２０１３－５２２４４５号公報に記載されている化合物（Ｅ）および化合物（Ｇ）、国際公開第２０１６／０３４９６３号に記載されているＣｍｐｄ１～７、特表２０１７－５２３４６５号公報の段落番号０００７に記載されているオキシムエステル類光開始剤、特開２０１７－１６７３９９号公報の段落番号００２０～００３３に記載されている光開始剤、特開２０１７－１５１３４２号公報の段落番号００１７～００２６に記載されている光重合開始剤（Ａ）、特許第６４６９６６９号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル光開始剤などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. Further, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in an organic solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation is less likely to occur with time, and the stability of the coloring composition with time is improved. can. Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photo-radical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-532675. Dimerics of oxime compounds described in paragraphs 0407 to 0412, paragraphs 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compounds (E) and compounds described in JP-A-2013-522445. G), Cmpd1-7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034943, Oxime Esters Photoinitiator described in paragraph No. 0007 of JP-A-2017-523465, JP-A-2017-167399. The photoinitiator described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033, the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of JP-A-2017-151342, is described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669. Examples include oxime ester photoinitiators.
　着色組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤の含有量は０．１～３０質量％が好ましい。下限は、０．５質量％以上が好ましく、１質量％以上がより好ましい。上限は、２０質量％以下が好ましく、１５質量％以下がより好ましい。着色組成物において、光重合開始剤は１種のみを用いてもよく、２種以上を用いてもよい。２種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less. In the coloring composition, only one kind of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
＜＜顔料誘導体＞＞
　着色組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、キノリン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、スクアリリウム色素骨格、クロコニウム色素骨格、オキソノール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、アゾメチン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、ジアントラキノン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、チアジンインジゴ色素骨格、チオインジゴ色素骨格、イソインドリン色素骨格、イソインドリノン色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、ジチオール色素骨格、トリアリールメタン色素骨格、ピロメテン色素骨格等が挙げられ、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、ジアントラキノン色素骨格、チアジンインジゴ色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格またはキナクリドン色素骨格であることが好ましい。酸基としては、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、リン酸基及びこれらの塩が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン（Ｌｉ＋、Ｎａ＋、Ｋ＋など）、アルカリ土類金属イオン（Ｃａ２＋、Ｍｇ２＋など）、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 << Pigment derivative >>
The coloring composition preferably contains a pigment derivative. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton. The pigment skeletons constituting the pigment derivatives include quinoline pigment skeleton, benzoimidazolone pigment skeleton, benzoisoindole pigment skeleton, benzothiazole pigment skeleton, iminium pigment skeleton, squarylium pigment skeleton, croconium pigment skeleton, oxonol pigment skeleton, and pyrolopyrrole pigment. Skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, azo pigment skeleton, azomethine pigment skeleton, phthalocyanine pigment skeleton, naphthalocyanine pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, dianthraquinone pigment skeleton, quinacridone pigment skeleton, dioxazine pigment skeleton, perinone pigment skeleton, perylene pigment skeleton , Thiadine indigo pigment skeleton, thioindigo pigment skeleton, isoindolin pigment skeleton, isoindolinone pigment skeleton, quinophthalone pigment skeleton, iminium pigment skeleton, dithiol pigment skeleton, triarylmethane pigment skeleton, pyrromethene pigment skeleton, etc. Skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, pyrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, benzoisoindole pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, dianthraquinone pigment skeleton, thiazineindigo pigment skeleton, azo pigment skeleton, quinophthalone pigment skeleton or quinacridone pigment skeleton preferable. Examples of the acid group include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group and salts thereof. As the atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt, alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, etc. Examples include phosphonium ion. Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and a salt thereof, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimidemethyl group. Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include hydroxide ion, halogen ion, carboxylic acid ion, sulfonic acid ion, and phenoxide ion.
　顔料誘導体としては、可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体（以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう）を含有することもできる。透明顔料誘導体の４００～７００ｎｍの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値（εｍａｘ）は３０００Ｌ・ｍｏｌ－１・ｃｍ－１以下であることが好ましく、１０００Ｌ・ｍｏｌ－１・ｃｍ－１以下であることがより好ましく、１００Ｌ・ｍｏｌ－１・ｃｍ－１以下であることがさらに好ましい。εｍａｘの下限は、例えば１Ｌ・ｍｏｌ－１・ｃｍ－１以上であり、１０Ｌ・ｍｏｌ－１・ｃｍ－１以上でもよい。 As the pigment derivative, a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be contained. The maximum molar extinction coefficient (εmax) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 3000 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less, and 1000 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less. Is more preferable, and 100 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less is further preferable. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or more.
　顔料誘導体の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物、特開昭５６－１１８４６２号公報、特開昭６３－２６４６７４号公報、特開平０１－２１７０７７号公報、特開平０３－００９９６１号公報、特開平０３－０２６７６７号公報、特開平０３－１５３７８０号公報、特開平０３－０４５６６２号公報、特開平０４－２８５６６９号公報、特開平０６－１４５５４６号公報、特開平０６－２１２０８８号公報、特開平０６－２４０１５８号公報、特開平１０－０３００６３号公報、特開平１０－１９５３２６号公報、国際公開第２０１１／０２４８９６号の段落番号００８６～００９８、国際公開第２０１２／１０２３９９号の段落番号００６３～００９４、国際公開第２０１７／０３８２５２号の段落番号００８２、特開２０１５－１５１５３０号公報の段落番号０１７１、特開２０１１－２５２０６５号公報の段落番号０１６２～０１８３、特開２００３－０８１９７２号公報、特許第５２９９１５１号公報、特開２０１５－１７２７３２号公報、特開２０１４－１９９３０８号公報、特開２０１４－０８５５６２号公報、特開２０１４－０３５３５１号公報、特開２００８－０８１５６５号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the pigment derivative include the compounds described in Examples described later, JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-246674, JP-A-01-217077, and JP-A-03-009961. , Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 03-026767, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-153780, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-045662, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 04-285669, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-145546, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-212088, Kaihei 06-240158, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-030063, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-195326, Paragraph Nos. 0086 to 0998 of International Publication No. 2011/024896, Paragraph Nos. 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399. , International Publication No. 2017/038252, paragraph No. 802, JP-A-2015-151530, paragraph No. 0171, JP-A-2011-52065, paragraph numbers 0162 to 0183, JP-A-2003-081972, Patent No. 5299151. Examples thereof include the compounds described in JP-A-2015-172732, JP-A-2014-199308, JP-A-2014-085562, JP-A-2014-055351, and JP-A-2008-081565.
　着色組成物の全固形分中における顔料誘導体の含有量は０．３～２０質量％であることが好ましい。下限は０．６質量％以上であることが好ましく、０．９質量％以上であることがより好ましい。上限は１５質量％以下であることが好ましく、１２．５質量％以下であることがより好ましく、１０質量％以下であることが更に好ましい。また、顔料誘導体の含有量は顔料１００質量部に対して１～３０質量部であることが好ましい。下限は２質量部以上であることが好ましく、３質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、２５質量部以下であることが好ましく、２０質量部以下であることがより好ましく、１５質量％以下であることが更に好ましい。着色組成物において、顔料誘導体は１種のみを用いてもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。２種以上併用する場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the pigment derivative in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.6% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.9% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 12.5% by mass or less, and further preferably 10% by mass or less. The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 3 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 25 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 15% by mass or less. In the coloring composition, only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.
＜＜特定アミン化合物＞＞
　着色組成物は、１分子中に塩基性基を３個以上含み、アミン価が２．７ｍｍｏｌ／ｇ以上で、分子量が１００以上の化合物（以下特定アミン化合物ともいう）を含有することもできる。 << Specific amine compound >>
The coloring composition may contain a compound having three or more basic groups in one molecule, an amine value of 2.7 mmol / g or more, and a molecular weight of 100 or more (hereinafter, also referred to as a specific amine compound).
　特定アミン化合物の分子量は、２００以上であることが好ましく、２５０以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、１０００００以下であることが好ましく、５００００以下であることがより好ましく、１００００以下であることが更に好ましく、２０００以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、特定アミン化合物の分子量の値について、構造式から分子量が計算できる場合は、特定アミン化合物の分子量は構造式から計算した値である。一方、特定アミン化合物の分子量が構造式から計算できない、あるいは、計算が困難な場合には、沸点上昇法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、沸点上昇法でも測定できない、あるいは、測定が困難な場合は、粘度法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、粘度法でも測定できない、あるいは、粘度法での測定が困難な場合は、ＧＰＣ（ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ）法により測定したポリスチレン換算値での数平均分子量の値を用いる。 The molecular weight of the specific amine compound is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, further preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2000 or less. When the molecular weight of the specific amine compound can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the specific amine compound is the value calculated from the structural formula. On the other hand, when the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. If the measurement cannot be performed by the boiling point elevation method or is difficult to measure, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used. If it cannot be measured by the viscosity method or it is difficult to measure by the viscosity method, the value of the number average molecular weight in the polystyrene conversion value measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
　特定アミン化合物のアミン価は５ｍｍｏｌ／ｇ以上であることが好ましく、１０ｍｍｏｌ／ｇ以上であることがより好ましく、１５ｍｍｏｌ／ｇ以上であることが更に好ましい。 The amine value of the specific amine compound is preferably 5 mmol / g or more, more preferably 10 mmol / g or more, and further preferably 15 mmol / g or more.
　特定アミン化合物に含まれる塩基性基の数は４個以上であることが好ましく、６個以上であることがより好ましく、１０個以上であることが更に好ましい。 The number of basic groups contained in the specific amine compound is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and further preferably 10 or more.
　特定アミン化合物が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基であることが好ましい。また、特定アミン化合物は、１級アミノ基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、１級アミノ基と、３級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む化合物であることがより好ましく、１級アミノ基と２級アミノ基と３級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む化合物であることが更に好ましい。 The basic group of the specific amine compound is preferably an amino group. Further, the specific amine compound is preferably a compound having a primary amino group, more preferably a compound containing a primary amino group and a tertiary amino group, respectively, and a primary amino group and a secondary amino. It is more preferable that the compound contains a group and a tertiary amino group, respectively.
　また、特定アミン化合物が有するアミノ基は、環状アミノ基であってもよい。環状アミノ基は、ピペリジノ基等のような脂肪族環状アミノ基であってもよく、ピリジル基等のような芳香族環状アミノ基であってもよい。環状アミノ基は、５員環又は６員環構造を有する環状アミノ基であることが好ましく、６員環構造を有する環状アミノ基であることがより好ましく、６員環構造を有する脂肪族環状アミノ基であることが更に好ましい。環状アミノ基は、ヒンダードアミン構造を有することが好ましく、６員環のヒンダードアミン構造を有することが特に好ましい。ヒンダードアミン構造としては、環状アミノ基の窒素原子に隣接する環構造における２つの炭素原子にアルキル基等の置換基を有することが好ましい。ヒンダードアミン構造を有する環状アミノ基としては、例えば、１，２，２，６，６－ペンタメチルピペリジル基、２，２，６，６－テトラメチルピペリジル基、１，２，６，６－トリメチルピペリジル基、２，６－ジメチルピペリジル基、１－メチル－２，６－ジ（ｔ－ブチル）ピペリジル基、２，６－ジ（ｔ－ブチル）ピペリジル基、１，２，２，５，５－ペンタメチルピロリジル基、２，２，５，５－テトラメチルピロリジル基等が挙げられる。なかでも、１，２，２，６，６－ペンタメチルピペリジル基、又は、２，２，６，６－テトラメチルピペリジル基が好ましく、１，２，２，６，６－ペンタメチルピペリジル基がより好ましい。 Further, the amino group contained in the specific amine compound may be a cyclic amino group. The cyclic amino group may be an aliphatic cyclic amino group such as a piperidino group or an aromatic cyclic amino group such as a pyridyl group. The cyclic amino group is preferably a cyclic amino group having a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring structure, more preferably a cyclic amino group having a 6-membered ring structure, and an aliphatic cyclic amino having a 6-membered ring structure. It is more preferably a group. The cyclic amino group preferably has a hindered amine structure, and particularly preferably has a 6-membered ring hindered amine structure. As the hindered amine structure, it is preferable that the two carbon atoms in the ring structure adjacent to the nitrogen atom of the cyclic amino group have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the cyclic amino group having a hindered amine structure include 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl group and 1,2,6,6-trimethylpiperidyl. Group, 2,6-dimethylpiperidyl group, 1-methyl-2,6-di (t-butyl) piperidyl group, 2,6-di (t-butyl) piperidyl group, 1,2,2,5,5- Examples thereof include a pentamethylpyrrolidyl group and a 2,2,5,5-tetramethylpyrrolidyl group. Of these, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group or 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl group is preferable, and 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl group is preferable. More preferred.
　特定アミン化合物としては、着色組成物の保存安定性をより向上できるという理由から、ポリアルキレンイミンであることが好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンとは、アルキレンイミンを開環重合したポリマーであって１級アミノ基と、２級アミノ基と、３級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む分岐構造を有するポリマーである。アルキレンイミンの炭素数は２～６が好ましく、２～４がより好ましく、２または３であることが更に好ましく、２であることが特に好ましい。アルキレンイミンの具体例としては、エチレンイミン、プロピレンイミン、１，２－ブチレンイミン、２，３－ブチレンイミンなどが挙げられ、エチレンイミンまたはプロピレンイミンであることが好ましく、エチレンイミンであることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、ポリエチレンイミンであることが特に好ましい。また、ポリエチレンイミンは、１級アミノ基を、１級アミノ基と２級アミノ基と３級アミノ基との合計に対して１０モル％以上含むことが好ましく、２０モル％以上含むことがより好ましく、３０モル％以上含むことが更に好ましい。ポリエチレンイミンの市販品としては、エポミンＳＰ－００３、ＳＰ－００６、ＳＰ－０１２、ＳＰ－０１８、ＳＰ－２００、Ｐ－１０００（以上、（株）日本触媒製）などが挙げられる。 The specific amine compound is preferably polyalkyleneimine because it can further improve the storage stability of the coloring composition. The polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine and has a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group and a tertiary amino group, respectively. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, further preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2. Specific examples of the alkyleneimine include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, 2,3-butyleneimine, and the like, preferably ethyleneimine or propyleneimine, and more preferably ethyleneimine. preferable. The polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine. Further, polyethyleneimine preferably contains a primary amino group in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, based on the total of the primary amino group, the secondary amino group and the tertiary amino group. , 30 mol% or more is more preferable. Examples of commercially available polyethyleneimine products include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
　着色組成物の全固形分中における特定アミン化合物の含有量は０．１～５質量％であることが好ましい。下限は０．２質量％以上であることが好ましく、０．５質量％以上であることがより好ましく、１質量％以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は４．５質量％以下であることが好ましく、４質量％以下であることがより好ましく、３質量％以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the specific amine compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 4.5% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or less, and further preferably 3% by mass or less.
　また、特定アミン化合物の含有量は、顔料１００質量部に対して０．５～１０質量部であることが好ましい。下限は０．６質量部以上であることが好ましく、１質量部以上であることがより好ましく、２質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は８質量部以下であることが好ましく、７質量％以下であることがより好ましく、５質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。 Further, the content of the specific amine compound is preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and further preferably 2 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 8 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7% by mass or less, and further preferably 5 parts by mass or less.
＜＜有機溶剤＞＞
　着色組成物は、有機溶剤を含有することが好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第２０１５／１６６７７９号の段落番号０２２３を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、３－エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、３－エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、３－メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、２－ヘプタノン、３－ペンタノン、４－ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、２－メチルシクロヘキサノン、３－メチルシクロヘキサノン、４－メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、３－メトキシ－Ｎ，Ｎ－ジメチルプロパンアミド、３－ブトキシ－Ｎ，Ｎ－ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、３－メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、１，４－ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン－１，３－ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類（ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等）は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある（例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、５０質量ｐｐｍ（ｐａｒｔｓ　ｐｅｒ　ｍｉｌｌｉｏｎ）以下とすることもでき、１０質量ｐｐｍ以下とすることもでき、１質量ｐｐｍ以下とすることもできる）。 << Organic Solvent >>
The coloring composition preferably contains an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, hydrocarbon-based solvents and the like. For these details, paragraph No. 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Further, an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbi Tall acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methylethylketone, Gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane diacetate-1,3-diyl, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol and the like can be mentioned. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 parts by mass (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per millision) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
　本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましく、有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば１０質量ｐｐｂ（ｐａｒｔｓ　ｐｅｒ　ｂｉｌｌｉｏｎ）以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ｐｐｔ（ｐａｒｔｓ　ｐｅｒ　ｔｒｉｌｌｉｏｎ）レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は例えば東洋合成社が提供している（化学工業日報、２０１５年１１月１３日）。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per parts) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Synthetic Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
　有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留（分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等）やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、１０μｍ以下が好ましく、５μｍ以下がより好ましく、３μｍ以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
　有機溶剤には、異性体（原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物）が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、１種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Further, only one kind of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
　有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率は０．８ｍｍｏｌ／Ｌ以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
　着色組成物中における有機溶剤の含有量は、１０～９５質量％であることが好ましく、２０～９０質量％であることがより好ましく、３０～９０質量％であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
＜＜硬化促進剤＞＞
　着色組成物は、硬化促進剤を含有することができる。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第２０１８／０５６１８９号の段落番号００９４～００９７に記載の化合物、特開２０１５－０３４９６３号公報の段落番号０２４６～０２５３に記載の化合物、特開２０１３－０４１１６５号公報の段落番号０１８６～０２５１に記載の化合物、特開２０１４－０５５１１４号公報に記載のイオン性化合物、特開２０１２－１５０１８０号公報の段落番号００７１～００８０に記載の化合物、特開２０１１－２５３０５４号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物、特許第５７６５０５９号公報の段落番号００８５～００９２に記載の化合物、特開２０１７－０３６３７９号公報に記載のカルボキシル基含有エポキシ硬化剤などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は０．３～８．９質量％が好ましく、０．８～６．４質量％がより好ましい。 << Curing Accelerator >>
The coloring composition can contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidin salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, onium salt compounds and the like. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compound described in paragraph Nos. 0094 to 0097 of International Publication No. 2018/056189, the compound described in paragraph numbers 0246 to 0253 of JP-A-2015-034963, and JP-A-2013-041165. Compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 0186-0251, ionic compounds described in JP-A-2014-0551114, compounds described in paragraphs 0071-0080 of JP-A-2012-150180, JP-A-2011-253504. Examples thereof include an alkoxysilane compound having an epoxy group described in Japanese Patent No. 5, a compound described in paragraphs 805 to 0092 of Japanese Patent No. 5765059, and a carboxyl group-containing epoxy curing agent described in JP-A-2017-036379. When the curing accelerator is contained, the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
＜＜紫外線吸収剤＞＞
　着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤は、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などを用いることができる。これらの詳細については、特開２０１２－２０８３７４号公報の段落番号００５２～００７２、特開２０１３－０６８８１４号公報の段落番号０３１７～０３３４、特開２０１６－１６２９４６号公報の段落番号００６１～００８０に記載された化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、ＵＶ－５０３（大東化学（株）製）などが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のＭＹＵＡシリーズ（化学工業日報、２０１６年２月１日）が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第６２６８９６７号公報の段落番号００４９～００５９に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。着色組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、０．０１～１０質量％が好ましく、０．０１～５質量％がより好ましい。着色組成物において、紫外線吸収剤は１種のみを用いてもよく、２種以上を用いてもよい。２種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 << UV absorber >>
The coloring composition can contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indole compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used. Details thereof are described in paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, paragraph numbers 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-066814, and paragraph numbers 0061 to 0080 of JP2016-162946. These compounds are incorporated herein by reference. Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series made of Miyoshi Oil & Fat (The Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016). Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. In the coloring composition, only one kind of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
＜＜酸化防止剤＞＞
　着色組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位（オルト位）に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数１～２２の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。また、酸化防止剤は、韓国公開特許第１０－２０１９－００５９３７１号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。着色組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、０．０１～２０質量％であることが好ましく、０．３～１５質量％であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は１種のみを用いてもよく、２種以上を用いてもよい。２種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 << Antioxidant >>
The coloring composition can contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include a phenol compound, a phosphite ester compound, a thioether compound and the like. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used. Further, as the antioxidant, the compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
＜＜重合禁止剤＞＞
　着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、ｐ－メトキシフェノール、ジ－ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル－ｐ－クレゾール、ピロガロール、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、４，４’－チオビス（３－メチル－６－ｔｅｒｔ－ブチルフェノール）、２，２’－メチレンビス（４－メチル－６－ｔ－ブチルフェノール）、Ｎ－ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩（アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等）が挙げられる。中でも、ｐ－メトキシフェノールが好ましい。重合禁止剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、０．０００１～５質量％が好ましい。重合禁止剤は、１種類のみでもよく、２種類以上でもよい。２種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 << Polymerization inhibitor >>
The coloring composition can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and the like. Examples thereof include 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salt, first cerium salt, etc.). Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable. When the polymerization inhibitor is contained, the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. The polymerization inhibitor may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
＜＜シランカップリング剤＞＞
　着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本発明において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、（メタ）アリル基、（メタ）アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、（メタ）アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、Ｎ－β－アミノエチル－γ－アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン（信越化学工業（株）製、商品名　ＫＢＭ－６０２）、Ｎ－β－アミノエチル－γ－アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン（信越化学工業（株）製、商品名　ＫＢＭ－６０３）、Ｎ－β－アミノエチル－γ－アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン（信越化学工業（株）製、商品名　ＫＢＥ－６０２）、γ－アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン（信越化学工業（株）製、商品名　ＫＢＭ－９０３）、γ－アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン（信越化学工業（株）製、商品名　ＫＢＥ－９０３）、３－メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン（信越化学工業（株）製、商品名　ＫＢＭ－５０２）、３－メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン（信越化学工業（株）製、商品名　ＫＢＭ－５０３）等がある。また、シランカップリング剤の具体例については、特開２００９－２８８７０３号公報の段落番号００１８～００３６に記載の化合物、特開２００９－２４２６０４号公報の段落番号００５６～００６６に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。シランカップリング剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、０．０１～１５．０質量％が好ましく、０．０５～１０．０質量％がより好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、１種類のみでもよく、２種類以上でもよい。２種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 << Silane Coupling Agent >>
The coloring composition can contain a silane coupling agent. In the present invention, the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. Further, the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly linked to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of the functional group other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group and an isocyanate group. , A phenyl group and the like, preferably an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-amino. Propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), γ-Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxy Propylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-503) and the like. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP2009-288703 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP2009-242604A. , These contents are incorporated herein. When a silane coupling agent is contained, the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. preferable. The silane coupling agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
＜＜界面活性剤＞＞
　着色組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤については、国際公開第２０１５／１６６７７９号の段落番号０２３８～０２４５に記載された界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 << Surfactant >>
The coloring composition can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used. As for the surfactant, the surfactant described in paragraph Nos. 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 is mentioned, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
　本発明において、界面活性剤はフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。着色組成物にフッ素系界面活性剤を含有させることで液特性（特に、流動性）がより向上し、省液性をより改善することができる。また、厚みムラの小さい膜を形成することもできる。 In the present invention, the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant. By containing a fluorine-based surfactant in the coloring composition, the liquid characteristics (particularly, fluidity) can be further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
　フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、３～４０質量％が好適であり、より好ましくは５～３０質量％であり、特に好ましくは７～２５質量％である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
　フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開２０１４－０４１３１８号公報の段落番号００６０～００６４（対応する国際公開第２０１４／０１７６６９号の段落番号００６０～００６４）等に記載の界面活性剤、特開２０１１－１３２５０３号公報の段落番号０１１７～０１３２に記載の界面活性剤、特開２０２０－００８６３４号公報に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックＦ－１７１、Ｆ－１７２、Ｆ－１７３、Ｆ－１７６、Ｆ－１７７、Ｆ－１４１、Ｆ－１４２、Ｆ－１４３、Ｆ－１４４、Ｆ－４３７、Ｆ－４７５、Ｆ－４７７、Ｆ－４７９、Ｆ－４８２、Ｆ－５５４、Ｆ－５５５－Ａ、Ｆ－５５６、Ｆ－５５７、Ｆ－５５８、Ｆ－５５９、Ｆ－５６０、Ｆ－５６１、Ｆ－５６５、Ｆ－５６３、Ｆ－５６８、Ｆ－５７５、Ｆ－７８０、ＥＸＰ、ＭＦＳ－３３０、Ｒ－４１、Ｒ－４１－ＬＭ、Ｒ－０１、Ｒ－４０、Ｒ－４０－ＬＭ、Ｒ－４３、ＲＳ－４３、ＴＦ－１９５６、ＲＳ－９０、Ｒ－９４、ＲＳ－７２－Ｋ、ＤＳ－２１（以上、ＤＩＣ（株）製）、フロラードＦＣ４３０、ＦＣ４３１、ＦＣ１７１（以上、住友スリーエム（株）製）、サーフロンＳ－３８２、ＳＣ－１０１、ＳＣ－１０３、ＳＣ－１０４、ＳＣ－１０５、ＳＣ－１０６８、ＳＣ－３８１、ＳＣ－３８３、Ｓ－３９３、ＫＨ－４０（以上、ＡＧＣ（株）製）、ＰｏｌｙＦｏｘ　ＰＦ６３６、ＰＦ６５６、ＰＦ６３２０、ＰＦ６５２０、ＰＦ７００２（以上、ＯＭＮＯＶＡ社製）、フタージェント２０８Ｇ、２１５Ｍ、２４５Ｆ、６０１ＡＤ、６０１ＡＤＨ２、６０２Ａ、６１０ＦＭ、７１０ＦＬ、７１０ＦＭ、７１０ＦＳ、ＦＴＸ－２１８、（以上、株）ＮＥＯＳ製）等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of International Publication No. 2014/017669) and the like, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-. The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 132503 and the surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634 are mentioned, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafax F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560. , F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R -40-LM, R-43, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (all manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (The above is manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surfron S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH- 40 (above, manufactured by AGC Co., Ltd.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA), Surfactant 208G, 215M, 245F, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 610FM, 710FL, 710FM , FTX-218, (all manufactured by NEOS Co., Ltd.) and the like.
　また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、ＤＩＣ（株）製のメガファックＤＳシリーズ（化学工業日報（２０１６年２月２２日）、日経産業新聞（２０１６年２月２３日））、例えばメガファックＤＳ－２１が挙げられる。 Further, the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied. Can be suitably used. Examples of such a fluorine-based surfactant include the Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafuck. DS-21 can be mentioned.
　また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基またはフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開２０１６－２１６６０２号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. For such a fluorine-based surfactant, the description in JP-A-2016-216602 can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
　フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。例えば特開２０１１－０８９０９０号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する（メタ）アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基（好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基）を２以上（好ましくは５以上）有する（メタ）アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開２０１０－０３２６９８号公報の段落番号００１６～００３７に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 　上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは３０００～５００００であり、例えば、１４０００である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す％はモル％である。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. For example, the compounds described in JP-A-2011-089090 can be mentioned. The fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. Further, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 The weight average molecular weight of the above compounds is preferably 3000 to 50,000, for example 14000. Among the above compounds,% indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
　また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開２０１０－１６４９６５号公報の段落番号００５０～００９０および段落番号０２８９～０２９５に記載された化合物、例えばＤＩＣ（株）製のメガファックＲＳ－１０１、ＲＳ－１０２、ＲＳ－７１８Ｋ、ＲＳ－７２－Ｋ等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開２０１５－１１７３２７号公報の段落番号００１５～０１５８に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used. Specific examples thereof include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, for example, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation. , RS-72-K and the like. Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
　また、国際公開第２０２０／０８４８５４号に記載の界面活性剤を、炭素数６以上のパーフルオロアルキル基を有する界面活性剤の代替として用いることも、環境規制の観点から好ましい。 It is also preferable from the viewpoint of environmental regulation to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/088454 as a substitute for the surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms.
　また、式（ｆｉ－１）で表される含フッ素イミド塩化合物を界面活性剤として用いることも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 　式（ｆｉ－１）において、ｍは１または２を表し、ｎは１～４の整数を表し、αは１または２を表し、Ｘα＋はα価の金属イオン、第１級アンモニウムイオン、第２級アンモニウムイオン、第３級アンモニウムイオン、第４級アンモニウムイオンまたはＮＨ４ ＋を表す。 It is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by the formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 In the formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, α represents 1 or 2, and X α + represents an α-valent metal ion, a primary ammonium ion, and a first. Represents a secondary ammonium ion, a tertiary ammonium ion , a quaternary ammonium ion or NH 4+ .
　ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート（例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等）、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックＬ１０、Ｌ３１、Ｌ６１、Ｌ６２、１０Ｒ５、１７Ｒ２、２５Ｒ２（ＢＡＳＦ社製）、テトロニック３０４、７０１、７０４、９０１、９０４、１５０Ｒ１（ＢＡＳＦ社製）、ソルスパース２００００（日本ルーブリゾール（株）製）、ＮＣＷ－１０１、ＮＣＷ－１００１、ＮＣＷ－１００２（富士フイルム和光純薬工業製）、パイオニンＤ－６１１２、Ｄ－６１１２－Ｗ、Ｄ－６３１５（竹本油脂（株）製）、オルフィンＥ１０１０、サーフィノール１０４、４００、４４０（日信化学工業（株）製）などが挙げられる。 Examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, and the like. Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF) , Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsparse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Fujifilm sum) Kojunyaku Kogyo), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Orfin E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, 440 (Nisshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), etc. Can be mentioned.
　シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、トーレシリコーンＤＣ３ＰＡ、トーレシリコーンＳＨ７ＰＡ、トーレシリコーンＤＣ１１ＰＡ、トーレシリコーンＳＨ２１ＰＡ、トーレシリコーンＳＨ２８ＰＡ、トーレシリコーンＳＨ２９ＰＡ、トーレシリコーンＳＨ３０ＰＡ、トーレシリコーンＳＨ８４００（以上、東レ・ダウコーニング（株）製）、ＴＳＦ－４４４０、ＴＳＦ－４３００、ＴＳＦ－４４４５、ＴＳＦ－４４６０、ＴＳＦ－４４５２（以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製）、ＫＰ－３４１、ＫＦ－６００１、ＫＦ－６００２（以上、信越化学工業（株）製）、ＢＹＫ－３０７、ＢＹＫ－３２２、ＢＹＫ－３２３、ＢＹＫ－３３０、ＢＹＫ－３７６０、ＢＹＫ－ＵＶ３５１０（以上、ビックケミー社製）、ＦＺ－２１２２（ダウ・東レ（株）製）等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.). ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (all manufactured by Big Chemie), FZ-2122 (Dow Toray Co., Ltd.) Made) and the like.
　また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 Further, a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone-based surfactant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
　着色組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、０．００１質量％～５．０質量％が好ましく、０．００５～３．０質量％がより好ましい。着色組成物において、界面活性剤は１種のみを用いてもよく、２種以上を用いてもよい。２種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass. In the coloring composition, only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
＜＜その他成分＞＞
　着色組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類（例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など）を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開２０１２－００３２２５号公報の段落番号０１８３以降（対応する米国特許出願公開第２０１３／００３４８１２号明細書の段落番号０２３７）の記載、特開２００８－２５００７４号公報の段落番号０１０１～０１０４、０１０７～０１０９等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、着色組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、１００～２５０℃で加熱するか、又は酸／塩基触媒存在下で８０～２００℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第２０１４／０２１０２３号、国際公開第２０１７／０３０００５号、特開２０１７－００８２１９号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の市販品としては、アデカアークルズＧＰＡ－５００１（（株）ＡＤＥＫＡ製）等が挙げられる。 << Other ingredients >>
The coloring composition may be a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a thermosetting accelerator, a plasticizer and other auxiliaries (eg, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents), if necessary. , Peeling accelerator, fragrance, surface tension modifier, chain transfer agent, etc.) may be contained. By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical characteristics can be adjusted. These components are described in, for example, paragraph No. 0183 or later of JP2012-003225A (paragraph number 0237 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraph 2008-250074. The description of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be taken into consideration, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. In addition, the coloring composition may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. The latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250 ° C. or at 80 to 200 ° C. in the presence of an acid / base catalyst. This includes compounds in which the protecting group is desorbed and functions as an antioxidant. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Examples of commercially available products of latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
　着色組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、特開２０１７－１９８７８７号公報の段落番号００３６～００３７に記載の化合物、特開２０１７－１４６３５０号公報の段落番号００２９～００３４に記載の化合物、特開２０１７－１２９７７４号公報の段落番号００３６～００３７、００４９～００５２に記載の化合物、特開２０１７－１２９６７４号公報の段落番号００３１～００３４、００５８～００５９に記載の化合物、特開２０１７－１２２８０３号公報の段落番号００３６～００３７、００５１～００５４に記載の化合物、国際公開第２０１７／１６４１２７号の段落番号００２５～００３９に記載の化合物、特開２０１７－１８６５４６号公報の段落番号００３４～００４７に記載の化合物、特開２０１５－０２５１１６号公報の段落番号００１９～００４１に記載の化合物、特開２０１２－１４５６０４号公報の段落番号０１０１～０１２５に記載の化合物、特開２０１２－１０３４７５号公報の段落番号００１８～００２１に記載の化合物、特開２０１１－２５７５９１号公報の段落番号００１５～００１８に記載の化合物、特開２０１１－１９１４８３号公報の段落番号００１７～００２１に記載の化合物、特開２０１１－１４５６６８号公報の段落番号０１０８～０１１６に記載の化合物、特開２０１１－２５３１７４号公報の段落番号０１０３～０１５３に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 The coloring composition may contain a light resistance improving agent. Examples of the light resistance improving agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, and JP-A-2017-129774. The compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 and 0049 to 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0034 and 0058 to 0059 of JP-A-2017-129674, paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-122803. , 0051 to 0054, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0039 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0047 of JP-A-2017-186546, compounds of JP-A-2015-025116. The compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0041 of JP-A, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0101 to 0125 of JP2012-145604, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0021 of JP-A-2012-103475, the present invention. The compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0018 of JP-A-2011-257591, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0017 to 0021 of JP-A-2011-191483, and paragraph numbers 0108 to 0116 of JP-A-2011-145668. , And the compounds described in paragraphs 0103 to 0153 of JP-A-2011-253174.
　着色組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、着色組成物の全量中、１０００質量ｐｐｂ以下であることを意味し、１００質量ｐｐｂ以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the coloring composition does not substantially contain terephthalic acid ester. Here, "substantially free" means that the content of the terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less in the total amount of the coloring composition, and more preferably 100 mass ppb or less. Zero is particularly preferred.
　環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。着色組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸（特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が６～８のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸）及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸（特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が６～８のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸）及びその塩の含有率は、着色組成物の全固形分に対して、０．０１ｐｐｂ～１，０００ｐｐｂの範囲であることが好ましく、０．０５ｐｐｂ～５００ｐｐｂの範囲であることがより好ましく、０．１ｐｐｂ～３００ｐｐｂの範囲であることが更に好ましい。着色組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない着色組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。着色組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the viewpoint of environmental regulation, the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt may be restricted. When reducing the content of the above-mentioned compounds in the coloring composition, perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid (particularly, perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group), a salt thereof, and a perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid are used. The content of the acid (particularly the perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition. It is preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb. The coloring composition may be substantially free of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and salts thereof, as well as perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and salts thereof. For example, by using a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid can be used. And a coloring composition that is substantially free of salts thereof may be selected. Examples of compounds that can substitute for the regulated compound include compounds excluded from the regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms of the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above-mentioned contents do not prevent the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt. The coloring composition may contain a perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and a salt thereof, and a perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and a salt thereof within the maximum allowable range.
＜収容容器＞
　着色組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や着色組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を６種６層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや６種の樹脂を７層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開２０１５－１２３３５１号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、容器内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、着色組成物の保存安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。 <Accommodation container>
The container for containing the coloring composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used. In addition, as a storage container, for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into raw materials and coloring compositions, a multi-layer bottle having a container inner wall made of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle having 6 types of resin having a 7-layer structure. It is also preferable to use. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351. Further, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the storage stability of the coloring composition, and suppressing the deterioration of the components.
＜着色組成物の調製方法＞
　着色組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。着色組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に有機溶剤に溶解および／または分散して着色組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜２つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時（塗布時）にこれらを混合して着色組成物を調製してもよい。 <Preparation method of coloring composition>
The coloring composition can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. In preparing the coloring composition, all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and / or dispersed in an organic solvent to prepare a coloring composition, or if necessary, each component may be appropriately dissolved in two or more solutions or dispersions. However, these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a coloring composition.
　また、着色組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。有機顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、有機顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル（ビーズミル）における有機顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、有機顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、２００５年７月１５日」や「サスペンション（固／液分散系）を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際　総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、１９７８年１０月１０日」、特開２０１５－１５７８９３号公報の段落番号００２２に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また有機顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば特開２０１５－１９４５２１号公報、特開２０１２－０４６６２９号公報の記載を参酌できる。 Further, it is preferable to include a process of dispersing the pigment when preparing the coloring composition. In the process of dispersing the organic pigment, the mechanical force used for dispersing the organic pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like. Further, in the pulverization of the organic pigment in the sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads having a small diameter and to process under the condition that the pulverization efficiency is increased by increasing the filling rate of the beads. Further, it is preferable to remove the coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation or the like after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and disperser for dispersing organic pigments are "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Published by Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology and industry centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system)". Practical application The process and disperser described in Paragraph No. 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893, "Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be preferably used. Further, in the process of dispersing the organic pigment, the particles may be miniaturized in the salt milling step. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step, for example, the descriptions in JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-046629 can be referred to.
　着色組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、着色組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン（ＰＴＦＥ）、ポリフッ化ビニリデン（ＰＶＤＦ）等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン（例えばナイロン－６、ナイロン－６，６）等のポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン（ＰＰ）等のポリオレフィン樹脂（高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む）等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン（高密度ポリプロピレンを含む）およびナイロンが好ましい。 In preparing the coloring composition, it is preferable to filter the coloring composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. As the filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP). Examples thereof include filters using materials such as (including high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene resin). Among these materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
　フィルタの孔径は、０．０１～７．０μｍが好ましく、０．０１～３．０μｍがより好ましく、０．０５～０．５μｍが更に好ましい。フィルタの孔径が上記範囲であれば、微細な異物をより確実に除去できる。フィルタの孔径値については、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。フィルタは、日本ポール株式会社（ＤＦＡ４２０１ＮＸＥＹ、ＤＦＡ４２０１ＮＡＥＹ、ＤＦＡ４２０１Ｊ００６Ｐなど）、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社（旧日本マイクロリス株式会社）および株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタを用いることができる。 The pore diameter of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. For the hole diameter value of the filter, the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to. As the filter, various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitts Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used. ..
　また、フィルタとしてファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。市販品としては、ロキテクノ社製のＳＢＰタイプシリーズ（ＳＢＰ００８など）、ＴＰＲタイプシリーズ（ＴＰＲ００２、ＴＰＲ００５など）、ＳＨＰＸタイプシリーズ（ＳＨＰＸ００３など）が挙げられる。 It is also preferable to use a fiber-like filter medium as the filter. Examples of the fiber-like filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like. Examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd.
　フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタ（例えば、第１のフィルタと第２のフィルタなど）を組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、１回のみでもよいし、２回以上行ってもよい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。また、第１のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみに対して行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第２のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。 When using a filter, different filters (for example, a first filter and a second filter) may be combined. At that time, the filtration with each filter may be performed only once or twice or more. Further, filters having different pore diameters may be combined within the above-mentioned range. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing the other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter.
＜キット＞
　次に、本発明のキットを説明する。
　本発明のキットは、上述したカラーフィルタの製造用のキットであって、
　青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料と、硬化性化合物とを含有する第１の画素形成用の着色組成物と、
　緑色顔料を含む顔料と、硬化性化合物とを含有する第２の画素形成用の着色組成物と含む。 <Kit>
Next, the kit of the present invention will be described.
The kit of the present invention is a kit for manufacturing the above-mentioned color filter, and is a kit for manufacturing the above-mentioned color filter.
A first pixel-forming coloring composition containing a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment and a curable compound, and the like.
A pigment containing a green pigment and a coloring composition for forming a second pixel containing a curable compound are included.
　第１の画素形成用の着色組成物としては、上述した着色組成物を用いることが好ましい。 As the coloring composition for forming the first pixel, it is preferable to use the coloring composition described above.
　第２の画素形成用の着色組成物は緑色顔料を含む顔料を含有する。緑色顔料としては、上述したカラーフィルタの第２の画素に含まれるものとして説明した緑色顔料が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The coloring composition for forming the second pixel contains a pigment containing a green pigment. Examples of the green pigment include the green pigment described as being contained in the second pixel of the color filter described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
　第２の画素形成用の着色組成物に用いられる顔料は更に黄色顔料を含むことが好ましい。黄色顔料としては、上述したカラーフィルタの第２の画素に含まれるものとして説明した黄色顔料が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。 It is preferable that the pigment used in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel further contains a yellow pigment. Examples of the yellow pigment include the yellow pigment described as being contained in the second pixel of the color filter described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
　第２の画素形成用の着色組成物に用いられる顔料は緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料とを含むことも好ましい。青色顔料としては、第１の画素が含むものとして説明した青色顔料が挙げられる。第２の画素が含む青色顔料は、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１５：３、Ｃ．Ｉ．スピグメントブルー１５：４、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１５：６、および、Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６から選ばれる少なくとも１種であることが好ましい。 It is also preferable that the pigment used in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel contains a green pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment. Examples of the blue pigment include the blue pigment described as being included in the first pixel. The blue pigment contained in the second pixel is C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 3, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, and C.I. I. It is preferably at least one selected from Pigment Blue 16.
　第２の画素形成用の着色組成物に含まれる顔料中における緑色顔料の含有量は５～７５質量％であることが好ましく、１０～５０質量％であることがより好ましく、２０～４５質量％であることが更に好ましい。
　また、第２の画素形成用の着色組成物に含まれる顔料が黄色顔料を含有する場合、顔料中における黄色顔料の含有量は５～７５質量％であることが好ましく、１０～５０質量％であることがより好ましく、２０～４０質量％であることが更に好ましい。また、黄色顔料の含有量は、緑色顔料１００質量部に対して１０～２００質量部であることが好ましく、２５～１６０質量部であることがより好ましい。
　また、第２の画素形成用の着色組成物に含まれる顔料が青色顔料を含有する場合、顔料中における青色顔料の含有量は５～５０質量％であることが好ましく、１０～４５質量％であることがより好ましく、２０～４０質量％であることが更に好ましい。また、青色顔料の含有量は、緑色顔料１００質量部に対して５０～２００質量部であることが好ましく、８０～１３０質量部であることがより好ましい。
　また、第２の画素形成用の着色組成物に含まれる顔料中における緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料との合計の含有量は５０～１００質量％であることが好ましく、５５～１００質量％であることがより好ましく、６０～１００質量％であることが更に好ましい。第２の画素形成用の着色組成物に含まれる顔料は、緑色顔料と黄色顔料のみであるか、あるいは、緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料のみであることが好ましく、分光特性の観点から緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料のみであることが特に好ましい。 The content of the green pigment in the pigment contained in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, and 20 to 45% by mass. Is more preferable.
When the pigment contained in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel contains a yellow pigment, the content of the yellow pigment in the pigment is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, preferably 10 to 50% by mass. It is more preferably present, and further preferably 20 to 40% by mass. The content of the yellow pigment is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 25 to 160 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the green pigment.
When the pigment contained in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel contains a blue pigment, the content of the blue pigment in the pigment is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 45% by mass. It is more preferably present, and further preferably 20 to 40% by mass. The content of the blue pigment is preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 80 to 130 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the green pigment.
Further, the total content of the green pigment, the yellow pigment and the blue pigment in the pigment contained in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, preferably 55 to 100% by mass. It is more preferably present, and further preferably 60 to 100% by mass. The pigment contained in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably only a green pigment and a yellow pigment, or is preferably only a green pigment, a yellow pigment and a blue pigment, and is a green pigment from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics. It is particularly preferable that only the yellow pigment and the blue pigment are used.
　第２の画素形成用の着色組成物の全固形分中における顔料の含有量は４０質量％以上であることが好ましく、５０質量％以上であることがより好ましく、６０質量％以上であることが更に好ましい。また、第２の画素形成用の着色組成物の全固形分中における緑色顔料の含有量は１０～５０質量％であることが好ましく、１５～４５質量％であることがより好ましく、２０～４０質量％であることが更に好ましい。また、第２の画素形成用の着色組成物の全固形分中における黄色顔料の含有量は１０～６０質量％であることが好ましく、２０～５５質量％であることがより好ましく、３５～５０質量％であることが更に好ましい。また、第２の画素形成用の着色組成物の全固形分中における青色顔料の含有量は５～４０質量％であることが好ましく、１０～３５質量％であることがより好ましく、１５～３０質量％であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more. More preferred. Further, the content of the green pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 15 to 45% by mass, and 20 to 40%. It is more preferably by mass%. Further, the content of the yellow pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 10 to 60% by mass, more preferably 20 to 55% by mass, and 35 to 50%. It is more preferably by mass%. Further, the content of the blue pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition for forming the second pixel is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 35% by mass, and 15 to 30%. It is more preferably by mass%.
　第２の画素形成用の着色組成物に用いられる硬化性化合物としては、上述した着色組成物に含まれるものとして説明した硬化性化合物が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。 Examples of the curable compound used in the coloring composition for forming the second pixel include the curable compound described as being contained in the coloring composition described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
　第２の画素形成用の着色組成物は、更に、上述した着色組成物に含まれるものとして説明した光重合開始剤、顔料誘導体、特定アミン化合物、有機溶剤、硬化促進剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤、シランカップリング剤、界面活性剤、その他成分を含んでいてもよい。これらの好ましい態様及び含有量については、上述した着色組成物の項で説明した範囲と同様である。 The coloring composition for forming the second pixel further includes a photopolymerization initiator, a pigment derivative, a specific amine compound, an organic solvent, a curing accelerator, an ultraviolet absorber, and an oxidation described as being contained in the coloring composition described above. It may contain an inhibitor, a polymerization inhibitor, a silane coupling agent, a surfactant, and other components. These preferred embodiments and contents are the same as those described in the section of the coloring composition described above.
　以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。 The present invention will be specifically described below with reference to examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
＜樹脂の評価＞
（重量平均分子量（Ｍｗ））
　樹脂の重量平均分子量（Ｍｗ）は、下記測定条件の下、ＧＰＣ（Ｇｅｌ　Ｐｅｒｍｅａｔｉｏｎ　Ｃｈｒｏｍａｔｏｇｒａｐｈｙ）測定により算出した。
　装置：ＨＬＣ－８２２０ＧＰＣ（東ソー（株）製）
　検出器：示差屈折計（ＲＩ検出器）
　プレカラム：ＴＳＫＧＵＡＲＤＣＯＬＵＭＮ　ＭＰ（ＸＬ）６ｍｍ×４０ｍｍ（東ソー（株）製）
　サンプル側カラム：以下４本を直結〔全て東ソー（株）製〕
　ＴＳＫ－ＧＥＬ　Ｍｕｌｔｉｐｏｒｅ－ＨＸＬ－Ｍ　７．８ｍｍ×３００ｍｍ
　リファレンス側カラム：サンプル側カラムに同じ
　恒温槽温度：４０℃
　移動相：テトラヒドロフラン
　サンプル側移動相流量：１．０ｍＬ／分
　リファレンス側移動相流量：０．３ｍＬ／分
　試料濃度：０．１質量％
　試料注入量：１００μＬ
　データ採取時間：試料注入後１６～４６分
　サンプリングピッチ：３００ｍｓ（ミリ秒） <Evaluation of resin>
(Weight average molecular weight (Mw))
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin was calculated by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) measurement under the following measurement conditions.
Equipment: HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
Detector: Differential refractometer (RI detector)
Pre-column: TSKGUARD COLUMN MP (XL) 6 mm x 40 mm (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
Sample side column: The following 4 columns are directly connected [all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation]
TSK-GEL Multipore-HXL-M 7.8mm x 300mm
Reference side column: Same as sample side column Constant temperature bath temperature: 40 ° C
Mobile phase: tetrahydrofuran Sample side mobile phase Flow rate: 1.0 mL / min Reference side mobile phase flow rate: 0.3 mL / min Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Sample injection amount: 100 μL
Data collection time: 16 to 46 minutes after sample injection Sampling pitch: 300 ms (milliseconds)
（酸価）
　樹脂の酸価は水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を用いた中和滴定により求めた。具体的には、得られた樹脂を溶媒に溶解させた溶液を、電位差測定法を用いて水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で滴定し、樹脂の固形分１ｇに含まれる酸のミリモル数を算出し、次に、その値に水酸化カリウム（ＫＯＨ）の分子量５６．１をかけることにより求めた。 (Acid value)
The acid value of the resin was determined by neutralization titration using an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Specifically, a solution obtained by dissolving the obtained resin in a solvent is titrated with an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide using a potential difference measurement method to calculate the number of millimoles of the acid contained in 1 g of the solid content of the resin, and then the number of millimoles is calculated. , The value was determined by multiplying the value by the molecular weight of potassium hydroxide (KOH) 56.1.
＜Ｃ＝Ｃ価（エチレン性不飽和結合含有基価）の測定方法＞
　樹脂のＣ＝Ｃ価（エチレン性不飽和結合含有基価）は、樹脂の合成に用いた原料から算出した。 <Measurement method of C = C value (base value containing ethylenically unsaturated bond)>
The C = C value (base value containing ethylenically unsaturated bond) of the resin was calculated from the raw materials used for the synthesis of the resin.
＜分散液の製造＞
　下記の表に記載の素材を混合したのち、直径０．０５ｍｍのジルコニアビーズ２３０質量部を加えて、（株）広島メタル＆マシナリー ケムテックカンパニー製ウルトラアペックスミルを用いて５時間分散処理を行い、ビーズをろ過で分離して分散液を製造した。 <Manufacturing of dispersion>
After mixing the materials listed in the table below, 230 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.05 mm were added, and dispersion treatment was performed for 5 hours using an Ultra Apex Mill manufactured by Hiroshima Metal & Machinery Chemtech Company. The beads were separated by filtration to produce a dispersion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
　上記表の略語で記載の原料は以下の通りである。 The raw materials described by the abbreviations in the above table are as follows.
〔青色顔料〕
　ＰＢ１５：３　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１５：３（フタロシアニン青色顔料）
　ＰＢ１５：４　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１５：４（フタロシアニン青色顔料）
　ＰＢ１５：６　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１５：６（フタロシアニン青色顔料）
　ＰＢ１６　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントブルー１６（フタロシアニン青色顔料） [Blue pigment]
PB15: 3: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 3 (phthalocyanine blue pigment)
PB15: 4: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4 (phthalocyanine blue pigment)
PB15: 6: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 (phthalocyanine blue pigment)
PB16: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 (phthalocyanine blue pigment)
〔黄色顔料〕
　ＰＹ１２９　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１２９（アゾメチン黄色顔料）
　ＰＹ１３９　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１３９（イソインドリン黄色顔料）
　ＰＹ１５０　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１５０（アゾ黄色顔料）
　ＰＹ１８５　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントイエロー１８５（イソインドリン黄色顔料） [Yellow pigment]
PY129: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 (azomethine yellow pigment)
PY139: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (isoindoline yellow pigment)
PY150: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 (azo yellow pigment)
PY185: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 (isoindoline yellow pigment)
〔緑色顔料〕
　ＰＧ７　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン７（フタロシアニン緑色顔料）
　ＰＧ３６　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン３６（フタロシアニン緑色顔料）
　ＰＧ５８　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン５８（フタロシアニン緑色顔料）
　ＰＧ５９　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン５９（フタロシアニン緑色顔料）
　ＰＧ６２　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン６２（フタロシアニン緑色顔料）
　ＰＧ６３　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントグリーン６３（フタロシアニン緑色顔料） [Green pigment]
PG7: C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
PG36: C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
PG58: C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
PG59: C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
PG62: C.I. I. Pigment Green 62 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
PG63: C.I. I. Pigment Green 63 (phthalocyanine green pigment)
〔赤色顔料〕
　ＰＲ２５４　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントレッド２５４ [Red pigment]
PR254: C.I. I. Pigment Red 254
〔紫色顔料〕
　ＰＶ２３　：　Ｃ．Ｉ．ピグメントバイオレット２３ [Purple pigment]
PV23: C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23
〔樹脂〕
　Ｂ－１：下記構造の樹脂（主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量１１０００、酸価３２ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 　Ｂ－３：Ｓｏｌｓｐｅｒｓｅ　３６０００（Ｌｕｂｒｉｚｏｌ製） 〔resin〕
B-1: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 11000, acid value 32 mgKOH / g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 B-3: Solspace 36000 (manufactured by Lubrizol)
（分散剤）
　Ｂ－４：下記構造の樹脂（主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量１８０００、酸価６７ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 　Ｂ－５：下記構造の樹脂（主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量２１０００、酸価３６ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 　Ｂ－６：下記構造の樹脂（重量平均分子量９０００、酸価４３ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 (Dispersant)
B-4: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 18000, acid value 67 mgKOH / g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 B-5: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 21000, acid value 36 mgKOH / g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 B-6: Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight 9000, acid value 43 mgKOH / g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
〔顔料誘導体〕
　Ｘ－１：下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 　Ｘ－２：下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 　Ｘ－３：下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 [Pigment derivative]
X-1: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 X-2: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 X-3: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
〔溶剤〕
　Ｓ－１：シクロヘキサノン
　Ｓ－２：プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート（ＰＧＭＥＡ） 〔solvent〕
S-1: Cyclohexanone S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
＜着色組成物の製造＞
　下記の表に記載の原料を混合して、着色組成物を製造した。 <Manufacturing of coloring composition>
The raw materials listed in the table below were mixed to produce a colored composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
　上記表の略語で記載の原料は以下の通りである。
〔分散液〕
　分散液ＧＡ１～分散液ＧＡ１５：上述した分散液ＧＡ１～分散液ＧＡ１５
　分散液Ｙ１～分散液Ｙ１０：上述した分散液Ｙ１～分散液Ｙ１０
　分散液ＧＢ１～分散液ＧＢ１４：上述した分散液ＧＢ１～分散液ＧＢ１４
　分散液Ｒ１：上述した分散液Ｒ１
　分散液Ｂ１：上述した分散液Ｂ１ The raw materials described by the abbreviations in the above table are as follows.
[Dispersion]
Dispersion liquid GA1 to dispersion liquid GA15: Dispersion liquid GA1 to dispersion liquid GA15 described above
Dispersion liquid Y1 to dispersion liquid Y10: Dispersion liquid Y1 to dispersion liquid Y10 described above.
Dispersion liquid GB1 to dispersion liquid GB14: Dispersion liquid GB1 to the above-mentioned dispersion liquid GB14
Dispersion R1: Dispersion R1 described above
Dispersion B1: Dispersion B1 described above
〔樹脂〕
　Ｂ－１：上述した樹脂Ｂ－１
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 　Ｂ－２：下記構造の樹脂（主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量１００００、酸価７７ｍｇＫＯＨ／ｇ）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 〔resin〕
B-1: Resin B-1 described above
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 B-2: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 10000, acid value 77 mgKOH / g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
〔重合性化合物〕
　Ｍ－１：ＮＫエステル　Ａ－ＴＭＭＴ（新中村化学工業（株）製、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート）
　Ｍ－２：ＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　ＤＰＨＡ（日本化薬（株）製、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートの混合物）
　Ｍ－３：ＮＫエステル　Ａ－ＤＰＨ－１２Ｅ（新中村化学工業（株）製、エチレンオキサイドを有する多官能アクリレート） [Polymerizable compound]
M-1: NK Ester A-TMMT (Pentaerythritol Tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
M-2: KAYARAD DPHA (Made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate)
M-3: NK ester A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., polyfunctional acrylate with ethylene oxide)
〔光重合開始剤〕
　Ｉｎｉ－１～Ｉｎｉ－５：下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 [Photopolymerization initiator]
Ini-1 to Ini-5: Compounds with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
〔添加剤〕
　Ａ－１：ｐ－メトキシフェノール（重合禁止剤）
　Ａ－２：下記構造の化合物（紫外線吸収剤）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 〔Additive〕
A-1: p-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor)
A-2: Compound with the following structure (ultraviolet absorber)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
〔界面活性剤〕
　Ｗ－１：ＫＦ－６００１（信越化学工業（株）製、両末端カルビノール変性シリコーンオイル） [Surfactant]
W-1: KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., both-terminal carbinol-modified silicone oil)
〔溶剤〕
　Ｓ－２：プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート 〔solvent〕
S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
＜色分離特性の評価＞
　直径８インチ（２０３．２ｍｍ）のガラスウエハをオーブン中で２００℃のもと３０分加熱処理した。次いで、このガラスウエハ上に、下塗り用レジスト液（ＣＴ－４０００、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ（株）製）を乾燥膜厚が０．１μｍになるように塗布し、さらに２２０℃のオーブン中で１時間加熱乾燥させて下塗り層を形成し、下塗り層付ガラスウエハを得た。
　次に、ガラスウエハ上に、下記表に記載の第１の画素形成用の着色組成物を製膜後の膜厚が０．６μｍになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、９５℃で１２０秒間加熱処理（プリベーク）を行なった。次いで、ｉ線ステッパー露光装置ＦＰＡ－３０００ｉ５＋（Ｃａｎｏｎ（株）製）を使用して３６５ｎｍの波長の光を、パターンを有するマスクを通して５００ｍｊ／ｃｍ２の露光量で露光した。マスクは５μｍ×５μｍのアイランドパターンの画素を形成可能なものを用い、１１ｍｍ×１１ｍｍのサイズのショットをガラスウエハの外周３ｍｍを除く全領域に露光した。
　次いで、照射された塗布膜が形成されているガラスウエハをスピン・シャワー現像機（ＤＷ－３０型、（株）ケミトロニクス製）の水平回転テーブル上に載置し、アルカリ現像液（ＣＤ－２０６０、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ（株）製）を用いて室温で６０秒間パドル現像を行った。次いで、パドル現像後のガラスウエハを、真空チャック方式で水平回転テーブルに固定し、回転装置によってガラスウエハを回転数５０ｒｐｍで回転させつつ、その回転中心の上方より純水を噴出ノズルからシャワー状に供給してリンス処理（２３秒×２回）を行い、次いで、スピン乾燥を行い、次いで、２３０℃で３００秒間、ホットプレートを用いて加熱処理（ポストベーク）を行い、第１の画素を形成した。
　次に、下記表に記載の第２の画素形成用の着色組成物を用いて同様のプロセスでパターニングして、第２の画素を形成した。
　次に、着色組成物としてＲｅｄ－１を用いて同様のプロセスでパターニングして、第３の画素である赤色画素を形成した。次に、着色組成物としてＢｌｕｅ－１を用いて同様のプロセスでパターニングして、第４の画素である青色画素を形成してカラーフィルタを製造した。 <Evaluation of color separation characteristics>
A glass wafer having a diameter of 8 inches (203.2 mm) was heat-treated in an oven at 200 ° C. for 30 minutes. Next, a resist solution for undercoating (CT-4000, manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied onto this glass wafer so that the dry film thickness was 0.1 μm, and further in an oven at 220 ° C. 1 The undercoat layer was formed by heating and drying for an hour, and a glass wafer with an undercoat layer was obtained.
Next, the coloring composition for forming the first pixel described in the table below was applied onto the glass wafer by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation was 0.6 μm. Then, using a hot plate, heat treatment (pre-baking) was performed at 95 ° C. for 120 seconds. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), light having a wavelength of 365 nm was exposed through a mask having a pattern at an exposure amount of 500 mj / cm 2 . A mask capable of forming pixels of an island pattern of 5 μm × 5 μm was used, and a shot having a size of 11 mm × 11 mm was exposed to the entire area except the outer circumference of the glass wafer of 3 mm.
Next, the glass wafer on which the irradiated coating film was formed was placed on a horizontal rotary table of a spin shower developer (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and an alkaline developer (CD-2060) was placed. , Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd. was used for paddle development at room temperature for 60 seconds. Next, the glass wafer after paddle development is fixed to a horizontal rotary table by a vacuum chuck method, and while the glass wafer is rotated at a rotation speed of 50 rpm by a rotating device, pure water is ejected from above the center of rotation into a shower shape. It is fed and rinsed (23 seconds x 2 times), then spin-dried, and then heat-treated (post-baked) using a hot plate at 230 ° C. for 300 seconds to form the first pixel. did.
Next, the second pixel was formed by patterning with the coloring composition for forming the second pixel described in the table below by the same process.
Next, Red-1 was used as the coloring composition and patterned by the same process to form a red pixel, which is a third pixel. Next, using Blue-1 as the coloring composition, patterning was performed in the same process to form blue pixels, which are the fourth pixels, to produce a color filter.
　次に、マクベスチャートの２４色について、照明光源を規定し分光反射率を４００～７００ｎｍについて求めた。次にセンサの赤外カットフィルタ特性およびセンサの分光感度を規定し、カラーフィルタの各画素の分光特性から上記により測定した分光センサが受ける赤、緑および青のそれぞれの露光量を計算した。次にこの露光量から赤、緑および青の各色の電荷量を計算した。さらに、これらの電荷量から赤、緑および青の各色の出力信号ｒ、ｇ、およびｂを計算した。元の計算に用いたマクベスチャートの２４色についてＬ＊ａ＊ｂ＊を計算し、上記でもとめた出力信号ｒ、ｇ、およびｂからそれぞれのＬ＊ａ＊ｂ＊を計算し、もとのマクベスチャートとの色差を計算し（ΔＥ２０００と呼ぶ）、色再現性の指標とした。シミュレーションの詳細は、特開２０１３－０１５８１７号公報の段落番号０４０６～０４２９と同様の手法で算出した。実用上問題がある場合をＥとし、実用上問題ない場合について、性能が最も優れる場合をＡとし、以降Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄに分けた。尚、ΔＥ２０００の値が小さい方ほど色再現性が優れる。 Next, for the 24 colors of the Macbeth chart, the illumination light source was specified and the spectral reflectance was determined for 400 to 700 nm. Next, the infrared cut filter characteristics of the sensor and the spectral sensitivity of the sensor were specified, and the exposure amounts of red, green, and blue received by the spectral sensor measured above were calculated from the spectral characteristics of each pixel of the color filter. Next, the charge amount of each color of red, green and blue was calculated from this exposure amount. Furthermore, the output signals r, g, and b of each color of red, green, and blue were calculated from these charge amounts. L * a * b * was calculated for the 24 colors of the Macbeth chart used in the original calculation, and each L * a * b * was calculated from the output signals r, g, and b obtained above, and the original was calculated. The color difference from the Macbeth chart was calculated (called ΔE2000) and used as an index of color reproducibility. The details of the simulation were calculated by the same method as in paragraph numbers 0406 to 0249 of JP2013-015817A. The case where there is a practical problem is defined as E, and the case where there is no practical problem is classified into B, C, and D, where the case with the best performance is designated as A. The smaller the value of ΔE2000, the better the color reproducibility.
＜耐光性の評価＞
　色分離特性と同様の方法でカラーフィルタを製造した。得られたカラーフィルタの第１の画素および第２の画素の透過率（４００－７００ｎｍ）を顕微分光測定装置を用いて測定し、その積分値をそれぞれＧＩＮＴ－１（Ａ）、ＧＩＮＴ－１（Ｂ）とした。
　次いで、カラーフィルタについて、スガ試験機（株）製スーパーキセノンウェザーメーターＳＸ７５を用い、照度１０万ルクス、１０００時間の条件で耐光性試験処理を行った。
　耐光性試験後のカラーフィルタの第１の画素および第２の画素の透過率（４００－７００ｎｍ）を顕微分光測定装置を用いて測定し、その積分値をそれぞれＧＩＮＴ－２（Ａ）、ＧＩＮＴ－２（Ｂ）とした。
　透過率ＧＩＮＴ－１（Ａ）、ＧＩＮＴ－１（Ｂ）、ＧＩＮＴ－２（Ａ）、ＧＩＮＴ－２（Ｂ）を用い、下記式から変動率を算出して、耐光性を評価した。以下の基準でＡ～Ｄであれば、実用上問題ないと判断した。
　変動率（％）＝｜１－（ＧＩＮＴ－２（Ａ）＋ＧＩＮＴ－２（Ｂ））／（ＧＩＮＴ－１（Ａ）＋ＧＩＮＴ－１（Ｂ））｜×１００（％）
　Ａ：変動率が０．３％以下
　Ｂ：変動率が０．３％を超え１．０％以下
　Ｃ：変動率が１．０％を超え２．０％以下
　Ｄ：変動率が２．０％を超え５．０％以下
　Ｅ：変動率が５．０％を超える <Evaluation of light resistance>
A color filter was manufactured in the same manner as the color separation characteristics. The transmittances (400-700 nm) of the first pixel and the second pixel of the obtained color filter were measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated values were measured as G INT-1 (A) and G INT- , respectively. It was set to 1 (B).
Next, the color filter was subjected to a light resistance test process using a Super Xenon Weather Meter SX75 manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd. under the conditions of an illuminance of 100,000 lux and 1000 hours.
The transmittance (400-700 nm) of the first pixel and the second pixel of the color filter after the light resistance test was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated values were measured as G INT-2 (A) and G, respectively. It was designated as INT-2 (B).
Using the transmittance G INT-1 (A), G INT-1 (B), G INT-2 (A), and G INT-2 (B), the volatility is calculated from the following formula to evaluate the light resistance. did. If it is A to D according to the following criteria, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
Volatility (%) = | 1- (G INT-2 (A) + G INT-2 (B)) / (G INT-1 (A) + G INT-1 (B)) | × 100 (%)
A: Volatility is 0.3% or less B: Volatility is more than 0.3% and 1.0% or less C: Volatility is more than 1.0% and 2.0% or less D: Volatility is 2.0 More than% and less than 5.0% E: Volatility exceeds 5.0%
＜第１の画素上の残渣および第２の画素上の残渣の評価＞
　色分離特性と同様の方法で第１の画素を形成した。第１の画素の透過率（４００－７００ｎｍ）を顕微分光測定装置を用いて測定し、その積分値をＧＩＮＴ－１１（Ａ）とした。
　次に、下記表に記載の第２の画素形成用の着色組成物を用いて同様のプロセスでパターニングして、第２の画素を形成した。第２の画素の透過率（４００－７００ｎｍ）を顕微分光測定装置を用いて測定し、その積分値を顕微分光測定装置を用いて測定し、その積分値をＧＩＮＴ－１１（Ｂ）とした。
　次に、着色組成物としてＲｅｄ－１を用いて同様のプロセスでパターニングして、第３の画素である赤色画素を形成した。次に、着色組成物としてＢｌｕｅ－１を用いて同様のプロセスでパターニングして、第４の画素である青色画素を形成した。
　第４の画素形成後の第１の画素の透過率（４００－７００ｎｍ）を顕微分光測定装置を用いて測定し、その積分値をＧＩＮＴ－１２（Ａ）とした。また、第４の画素形成後の第２の画素の透過率（４００－７００ｎｍ）を顕微分光測定装置を用いて測定し、その積分値をＧＩＮＴ－１２（Ｂ）とした。 <Evaluation of residue on the first pixel and residue on the second pixel>
The first pixel was formed in the same manner as the color separation characteristic. The transmittance (400-700 nm) of the first pixel was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated value was taken as G INT-11 (A).
Next, the second pixel was formed by patterning with the coloring composition for forming the second pixel described in the table below by the same process. The transmittance (400-700 nm) of the second pixel was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, the integrated value was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated value was defined as GINT -11 (B). ..
Next, Red-1 was used as the coloring composition and patterned by the same process to form a red pixel, which is a third pixel. Next, using Blue-1 as the coloring composition, patterning was performed in the same process to form blue pixels, which are the fourth pixels.
The transmittance (400-700 nm) of the first pixel after the formation of the fourth pixel was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated value was defined as G INT-12 (A). Further, the transmittance (400-700 nm) of the second pixel after the formation of the fourth pixel was measured using a microspectroscopy measuring device, and the integrated value was defined as G INT-12 (B).
　第１の画素上の残渣については、透過率ＧＩＮＴ－１１（Ａ）、ＧＩＮＴ－１２（Ａ）と下記式を用いて変動率を算出して、第１の画素上の残渣を評価した。以下の基準でＡ～Ｄであれば、実用上問題ないと判断した。
　変動率（％）＝｜１－ＧＩＮＴ－１２（Ａ）／ＧＩＮＴ－１１（Ａ）｜×１００（％）
　Ａ：変動率が０．３％以下
　Ｂ：変動率が０．３％を超え１．０％以下
　Ｃ：変動率が１．０％を超え２．０％以下
　Ｄ：変動率が２．０％を超え５．０％以下
　Ｅ：変動率が５．０％を超える For the residue on the first pixel, the volatility was calculated using the transmittances G INT-11 (A) and G INT-12 (A) and the following formula, and the residue on the first pixel was evaluated. .. If it is A to D according to the following criteria, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
Volatility (%) = | 1-G INT-12 (A) / G INT-11 (A) | × 100 (%)
A: Volatility is 0.3% or less B: Volatility is more than 0.3% and 1.0% or less C: Volatility is more than 1.0% and 2.0% or less D: Volatility is 2.0 More than% and less than 5.0% E: Volatility exceeds 5.0%
　第２の画素上の残渣については、透過率ＧＩＮＴ－１１（Ｂ）、ＧＩＮＴ－１２（Ｂ）と下記式を用いて変動率を算出して、第２の画素上の残渣を評価した。以下の基準でＡ～Ｄであれば、実用上問題ないと判断した。
　変動率（％）＝｜１－ＧＩＮＴ－１２（Ｂ）／ＧＩＮＴ－１１（Ｂ）｜×１００（％）
　Ａ：変動率が０．３％以下
　Ｂ：変動率が０．３％を超え１．０％以下
　Ｃ：変動率が１．０％を超え２．０％以下
　Ｄ：変動率が２．０％を超え５．０％以下
　Ｅ：変動率が５．０％を超える For the residue on the second pixel, the volatility was calculated using the transmittances G INT-11 (B) and G INT-12 (B) and the following formula, and the residue on the second pixel was evaluated. .. If it is A to D according to the following criteria, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
Volatility (%) = | 1-G INT-12 (B) / G INT-11 (B) | × 100 (%)
A: Volatility is 0.3% or less B: Volatility is more than 0.3% and 1.0% or less C: Volatility is more than 1.0% and 2.0% or less D: Volatility is 2.0 More than% and less than 5.0% E: Volatility exceeds 5.0%
＜耐湿性の評価＞
　色分離特性と同様の方法でカラーフィルタを製造した。カラーフィルタの第１の画素および第２の画素について、ウエハ欠陥評価装置（ＣｏｍＰＬＵＳ３、ＡＭＡＴ社製）を用いて検査し、欠陥数を計測した（初期の欠陥数）。なお、画素上に異物析出、欠け、変形、剥がれ等が見られた場合を欠陥がある画素としてカウントした。
　次いで、カラーフィルタを、
ヤマト科学社製恒温恒湿機（ＥＨＳ－２２１Ｍ）を用いて、温度８５℃、相対湿度８５％の雰囲気中、１５００時間静置して耐湿試験を行ったのち、耐湿試験後の画素の欠陥数を計測した（耐湿試験後の欠陥数）。初期の欠陥数に対する耐湿試験後の欠陥数の増加率を計算し、以下の基準により耐湿性を評価した。Ａ～Ｄの評価であれば実用上問題ないと判断する。
　増加率（％）＝｛（耐湿試験後の欠陥数－初期の欠陥数）／初期の欠陥数｝×１００
　Ａ：増加率が５％未満である
　Ｂ：増加率が５％以上１０％未満である
　Ｃ：増加率が１０％以上５０％未満である
　Ｄ：増加率が５０％以上１００％未満である
　Ｅ：増加率が１００％以上である <Evaluation of moisture resistance>
A color filter was manufactured in the same manner as the color separation characteristics. The first pixel and the second pixel of the color filter were inspected using a wafer defect evaluation device (ComPLUS3, manufactured by AMAT), and the number of defects was measured (initial number of defects). In addition, the case where foreign matter precipitation, chipping, deformation, peeling, etc. was observed on the pixel was counted as a defective pixel.
Then, the color filter,
The number of pixel defects after the moisture resistance test was performed after standing for 1500 hours in an atmosphere with a temperature of 85 ° C and a relative humidity of 85% using a constant temperature and humidity chamber (EHS-221M) manufactured by Yamato Scientific Co., Ltd. (Number of defects after moisture resistance test). The rate of increase in the number of defects after the moisture resistance test with respect to the initial number of defects was calculated, and the moisture resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria. If the evaluation is A to D, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
Increase rate (%) = {(number of defects after moisture resistance test-number of initial defects) / number of initial defects} x 100
A: Increase rate is less than 5% B: Increase rate is 5% or more and less than 10% C: Increase rate is 10% or more and less than 50% D: Increase rate is 50% or more and less than 100% E : Increase rate is 100% or more
　実施例及び比較例で使用した第１の画素形成用の着色組成物および第２の画素形成用の着色組成物は以下の通りである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
 The coloring composition for forming the first pixel and the coloring composition for forming the second pixel used in Examples and Comparative Examples are as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
　実施例１、２、４、６、７、８、９、１０、１１、１２、１３、１４、１５、１６、１７、１８、１９、２４、２５、２６、３１、３３、３５、３６、３７、３８、３９、４０、４１、４２、４３、４４のカラーフィルタの第１の画素と第２の画素の分光特性をそれぞれ下記表に記す。下記表のＴｍａｘ１は波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲における第１の画素の透過率の最大値であり、λ１は、第１の画素の透過率の最大値を示す波長であり、λＬ１１は、第１の画素の透過率５０％を示す長波長側の波長であり、Ｔ（λＬ２１）は、第１の画素の波長λＬ２１での透過率であり、Ｔｍａｘ2は波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲における第２の画素の透過率の最大値であり、λ２は、第２の画素の透過率の最大値を示す波長であり、λＬ２１は、第２の画素の透過率５０％を示す長波長側の波長であり、Ｔ（λＬ１１）は、第２の画素の波長λＬ１１での透過率である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
 Examples 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 24, 25, 26, 31, 33, 35, 36, The spectral characteristics of the first pixel and the second pixel of the color filters 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 are shown in the table below, respectively. In the table below, Tmax 1 is the maximum value of the transmittance of the first pixel in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, λ 1 is the wavelength indicating the maximum value of the transmittance of the first pixel, and λ L11 is. It is a wavelength on the long wavelength side showing a transmission rate of 50% of the first pixel, T (λ L21 ) is a transmission rate at the wavelength λ L21 of the first pixel, and Tmax 2 is a wavelength in the range of 400 to 700 nm. Λ 2 is the wavelength indicating the maximum value of the transmission rate of the second pixel, and λ L21 is the length indicating the transmission rate of 50% of the second pixel. It is a wavelength on the wavelength side, and T (λ L11 ) is the transmission rate of the second pixel at the wavelength λ L11 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
　実施例及び比較例のカラーフィルタの性能評価を以下に示す。 The performance evaluation of the color filters of the examples and comparative examples is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
　上記表に示すように、実施例は耐光性に優れていた。さらには、色分離特性にも優れていた。 As shown in the above table, the examples were excellent in light resistance. Furthermore, it was also excellent in color separation characteristics.
　実施例１において、第１の画素形成用の着色組成物を、ＧｒｅｅｎーＡ２４～ＧｒｅｅｎーＡ３５に変更しても、実施例１と同様の優れた耐光性を有していた。また、第１の画素上の残渣の評価結果についても、実施例１と同様の評価結果であった。 In Example 1, even if the coloring composition for forming the first pixel was changed to Green-A24 to Green-A35, it had the same excellent light resistance as in Example 1. Further, the evaluation result of the residue on the first pixel was the same as that of Example 1.

Claims (23)

  1. 　青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料を含有する第１の画素と、
    　緑色顔料を含む顔料を含有する緑色画素である第２の画素と、を含むカラーフィルタ。     A first pixel containing a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment,
    A color filter including a second pixel, which is a green pixel containing a pigment containing a green pigment.
  2. 　前記第１の画素が含む前記青色顔料は、フタロシアニン青色顔料である、請求項１に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to claim 1, wherein the blue pigment contained in the first pixel is a phthalocyanine blue pigment.
  3. 　前記第１の画素が含む前記青色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１５：３、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１５：４、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１５：６、および、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１６から選ばれる少なくとも１種である、請求項１に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The blue pigment contained in the first pixel is at least one selected from Color Index Pigment Blue 15: 3, Color Index Pigment Blue 15: 4, Color Index Pigment Blue 15: 6, and Color Index Pigment Blue 16. The color filter according to claim 1.
  4. 　前記第１の画素が含む前記青色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１６である、請求項１に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to claim 1, wherein the blue pigment contained in the first pixel is Color Index Pigment Blue 16.
  5. 　前記第１の画素が含む前記黄色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１２９、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１３９、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１５０、および、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１８５から選ばれる少なくとも１種である、請求項１～４のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The yellow pigment contained in the first pixel is at least one selected from Color Index Pigment Yellow 129, Color Index Pigment Yellow 139, Color Index Pigment Yellow 150, and Color Index Pigment Yellow 185. The color filter according to any one of 4.
  6. 　前記第１の画素は、前記青色顔料１００質量部に対して前記黄色顔料を７０～１３０質量部含む、請求項１～５のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the first pixel contains 70 to 130 parts by mass of the yellow pigment with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue pigment.
  7. 　前記第１の画素は、前記顔料中における前記青色顔料と前記黄色顔料の合計の含有量が７５～１００質量％である、請求項１～６のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first pixel has a total content of the blue pigment and the yellow pigment in the pigment of 75 to 100% by mass.
  8. 　前記第２の画素が含む前記緑色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン７、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン３６、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン５８、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン５９、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン６２、および、カラーインデックスピグメントグリーン６３から選ばれる少なくとも１種である請求項１～７のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The green pigment contained in the second pixel is from Color Index Pigment Green 7, Color Index Pigment Green 36, Color Index Pigment Green 58, Color Index Pigment Green 59, Color Index Pigment Green 62, and Color Index Pigment Green 63. The color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which is at least one selected.
  9. 　前記第２の画素は更に黄色顔料を含む、請求項１～８のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the second pixel further contains a yellow pigment.
  10. 　前記第２の画素は緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料とを含む、請求項１～８のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the second pixel contains a green pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment.
  11. 　前記第２の画素が含む前記黄色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１２９、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１３９、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１５０、および、カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー１８５から選ばれる少なくとも１種である、請求項９または１０に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The yellow pigment contained in the second pixel is at least one selected from Color Index Pigment Yellow 129, Color Index Pigment Yellow 139, Color Index Pigment Yellow 150, and Color Index Pigment Yellow 185, claim 9 or 10. The color filter according to 10.
  12. 　前記第１の画素中における前記顔料の含有量が４０質量％以上である、請求項１～１１のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the content of the pigment in the first pixel is 40% by mass or more.
  13. 　前記第２の画素中における前記顔料の含有量が４０質量％以上である、請求項１～１２のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the content of the pigment in the second pixel is 40% by mass or more.
  14. 　前記第１の画素および前記第２の画素の波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲の透過スペクトルについて、
    　前記第１の画素については、波長４５０～６００ｎｍの範囲に透過率の最大値を示す波長λ１が存在し、前記波長λ１での透過率が７０％以上であり、
    　前記第２の画素については、波長４５０～６００ｎｍの範囲であって、前記波長λ１よりも長波長側に透過率の最大値を示す波長λ２が存在し、前記波長λ２での透過率が７０％以上であり、
    　前記第１の画素および第２の画素は、波長４００～７００ｎｍの範囲に透過率が５０％を示す波長が２つ存在する、
    　請求項１～１３のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。     Regarding the transmission spectra of the first pixel and the second pixel in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
    Regarding the first pixel, a wavelength λ 1 indicating the maximum value of the transmittance exists in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm, and the transmittance at the wavelength λ 1 is 70% or more.
    Regarding the second pixel, there is a wavelength λ 2 showing the maximum value of the transmittance on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength λ 1 in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm, and the transmittance at the wavelength λ 2 is present. Is over 70%,
    The first pixel and the second pixel have two wavelengths having a transmittance of 50% in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
    The color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 13.
  15. 　前記波長λ２と前記波長λ１との差が５～７５ｎｍである、請求項１４に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to claim 14, wherein the difference between the wavelength λ 2 and the wavelength λ 1 is 5 to 75 nm.
  16. 　前記第２の画素について透過率５０％を示す長波長側の波長λＬ２１が、前記第１の画素について透過率５０％を示す長波長側の波長λＬ１１よりも長波長側に存在する、請求項１～１５のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。 Claimed that the wavelength λ L21 on the long wavelength side showing a transmittance of 50% for the second pixel exists on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength λ L11 on the long wavelength side showing a transmittance of 50% for the first pixel. Item 6. The color filter according to any one of Items 1 to 15.
  17. 　前記波長λＬ２１と前記波長λＬ１１との差が５～７５ｎｍである、請求項１６に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to claim 16, wherein the difference between the wavelength λ L21 and the wavelength λ L11 is 5 to 75 nm.
  18. 　前記波長λＬ１１での前記第２の画素の透過率が６０％以上である、請求項１６または１７に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the transmittance of the second pixel at the wavelength λ L11 is 60% or more.
  19. 　前記波長λＬ２１での前記第１の画素の透過率が２０％以下である、請求項１６～１８のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタ。 The color filter according to any one of claims 16 to 18, wherein the transmittance of the first pixel at the wavelength λ L21 is 20% or less.
  20. 　請求項１～１９のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタを有する固体撮像素子。 A solid-state image sensor having the color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 19.
  21. 　請求項１～１９のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタの第１の画素形成用の着色組成物であって、
    　青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料と、硬化性化合物とを含み、
    　前記青色顔料は、カラーインデックスピグメントブルー１６を含み、
    　前記着色組成物の全固形分中における前記顔料の含有量が４０質量％以上であり、
    　前記顔料中におけるカラーインデックスピグメントブルー１６の含有量が５０質量％以上である、着色組成物。     A coloring composition for forming a first pixel of the color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 19.
    Contains pigments, including blue and yellow pigments, and curable compounds,
    The blue pigment comprises Color Index Pigment Blue 16.
    The content of the pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 40% by mass or more.
    A coloring composition in which the content of Color Index Pigment Blue 16 in the pigment is 50% by mass or more.
  22. 　請求項１～１９のいずれか１項に記載のカラーフィルタの製造用のキットであって、
    　青色顔料および黄色顔料を含む顔料と、硬化性化合物とを含有する第１の画素形成用の着色組成物と、
    　緑色顔料を含む顔料と、硬化性化合物とを含有する第２の画素形成用の着色組成物と、
    　含むキット。     The kit for manufacturing the color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 19.
    A first pixel-forming coloring composition containing a pigment containing a blue pigment and a yellow pigment and a curable compound, and the like.
    A coloring composition for forming a second pixel containing a pigment containing a green pigment and a curable compound,
    Kit including.
  23. 　前記第２の画素形成用の着色組成物は、緑色顔料と黄色顔料と青色顔料とを含む、請求項２２に記載のキット。 The kit according to claim 22, wherein the coloring composition for forming the second pixel contains a green pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment.
PCT/JP2021/031157 2020-08-31 2021-08-25 Color filter, solid state image sensor, coloring composition, and kit WO2022045193A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022545670A JP7415021B2 (en) 2020-08-31 2021-08-25 Color filters, solid-state imaging devices, coloring compositions and kits
CN202180050318.9A CN115989436A (en) 2020-08-31 2021-08-25 Color filter, solid-state imaging element, colored composition, and kit

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020145363 2020-08-31
JP2020-145363 2020-08-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022045193A1 true WO2022045193A1 (en) 2022-03-03

Family

ID=80355319

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/031157 WO2022045193A1 (en) 2020-08-31 2021-08-25 Color filter, solid state image sensor, coloring composition, and kit

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7415021B2 (en)
CN (1) CN115989436A (en)
TW (1) TW202210590A (en)
WO (1) WO2022045193A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007018902A (en) * 2005-07-08 2007-01-25 Pentax Corp Multi-color light-emitting display device
JP2007114295A (en) * 2005-10-18 2007-05-10 Seiko Epson Corp Display apparatus and electronic device
JP2012123302A (en) * 2010-12-10 2012-06-28 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Green-colored composition and color filter for organic electroluminescent display device
JP2014066749A (en) * 2012-09-24 2014-04-17 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Color filter and display device
JP2016080966A (en) * 2014-10-21 2016-05-16 凸版印刷株式会社 Color filter and liquid crystal display device
JP2019091745A (en) * 2017-11-13 2019-06-13 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Imaging element and imaging device
JP2019180048A (en) * 2018-03-30 2019-10-17 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Imaging element and imaging apparatus

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007018902A (en) * 2005-07-08 2007-01-25 Pentax Corp Multi-color light-emitting display device
JP2007114295A (en) * 2005-10-18 2007-05-10 Seiko Epson Corp Display apparatus and electronic device
JP2012123302A (en) * 2010-12-10 2012-06-28 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Green-colored composition and color filter for organic electroluminescent display device
JP2014066749A (en) * 2012-09-24 2014-04-17 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Color filter and display device
JP2016080966A (en) * 2014-10-21 2016-05-16 凸版印刷株式会社 Color filter and liquid crystal display device
JP2019091745A (en) * 2017-11-13 2019-06-13 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Imaging element and imaging device
JP2019180048A (en) * 2018-03-30 2019-10-17 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Imaging element and imaging apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7415021B2 (en) 2024-01-16
TW202210590A (en) 2022-03-16
JPWO2022045193A1 (en) 2022-03-03
CN115989436A (en) 2023-04-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7399268B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
JPWO2020044720A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2022009526A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2021157501A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2024009929A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP2024040152A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging device
WO2021166859A1 (en) Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
WO2021166855A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display apparatus, and kit
JP7080325B2 (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JPWO2020013089A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2021241465A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element and image display device
WO2022019253A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device, resin, and compound
WO2021166858A1 (en) Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
WO2020241389A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP7415021B2 (en) Color filters, solid-state imaging devices, coloring compositions and kits
JPWO2020075568A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, manufacturing method of color filter, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP7371121B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
JP7389900B2 (en) Magenta photosensitive resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7344379B2 (en) Resin compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
WO2022130774A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and ir sensor
WO2022004683A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023204062A1 (en) Resin composition, method for producing resin composition, pigment derivative, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2021117590A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2021033656A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2022044650A1 (en) Coloring composition, method for producing optical filter, and method for producing solid-state imaging element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21861616

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022545670

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21861616

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1